TW201806711A - Stapler - Google Patents

Stapler Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201806711A
TW201806711A TW106113422A TW106113422A TW201806711A TW 201806711 A TW201806711 A TW 201806711A TW 106113422 A TW106113422 A TW 106113422A TW 106113422 A TW106113422 A TW 106113422A TW 201806711 A TW201806711 A TW 201806711A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
needle
penetrating
binding machine
connecting pin
bending
Prior art date
Application number
TW106113422A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
高橋浩明
木甲斐智明
Original Assignee
美克司股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2017075313A external-priority patent/JP6926607B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2017075312A external-priority patent/JP6926606B2/en
Application filed by 美克司股份有限公司 filed Critical 美克司股份有限公司
Publication of TW201806711A publication Critical patent/TW201806711A/en

Links

Abstract

To provide a stapler allowing a connected needle set to be appropriately mounted relatively easily and securely, as well as capable of reducing size and cost. A stapler 1 comprises: a cutting mechanism for cutting a connected needle set 3 consisting of a plurality of flat nonmetallic needles 2 to separate the needle one by one; and a transfer mechanism 34 for transferring the connected needle set 3 to the cutting mechanism through a transfer passage 32. A needle holding part 84 is disposed on a front side in a transfer direction of the transfer passage 32, and capable of holding the connected needle set 3. The needle holding part 84 comprises: an abutting surface 85 butted by the connected needle set 3; a regulation member 87 regulating a position of the connected needle set 3 from one surface side; and a detachment regulation part 88 disposed on the other surface side of the connected needle set 3 to face, across the connected needle set 3, to and at a longitudinally different position in the transfer direction from the regulation member 87.

Description

裝訂機 Binding Machine

本發明係有關於一種裝訂機。 The present invention relates to a binding machine.

為了裝訂重疊複數張的用紙,而使用裝訂機。這種裝訂機係一般是使用金屬針。可是,金屬針係在對用紙焚燒或放進裁紙機時,或回收時,為了分類而需要拆下,花費人力時間。又,在用於食品相關的情況,要求想避免是異物之鐵針的混入。因此,使用這種不費人力時間之紙製或合成樹脂製等的非金屬針者存在(參照專利文獻1及專利文獻2)。 A stapler is used for binding multiple sheets of paper. This type of binding machine usually uses a metal needle. However, the metal needles need to be removed for sorting when the paper is incinerated or placed in a cutter, or when it is collected, which takes time. In addition, in the case of use in food, it is required to avoid the incorporation of iron needles which are foreign bodies. Therefore, there are people who use such non-metal needles made of paper or synthetic resin that do not take any time (see Patent Literature 1 and Patent Literature 2).

這種使用非金屬針的裝訂機係作成在用紙貫穿貫穿孔,並從用紙之一面側插入成形成字形的非金屬針,且將向用紙之另一面側所突出之非金屬針的針腳折彎,藉此,裝訂用紙。 This type of binding machine using a non-metallic needle is formed by inserting a paper through a through hole and inserting the paper from one side of the paper. The non-metal needles in the shape of a letter, and the pins of the non-metal needles protruding toward the other side of the paper are bent, thereby binding the paper.

因此,裝訂機係至少包括:貫入機構,係作成使可固持作成字形之非金屬針的左右一對的貫穿刃對用紙升降;及折彎機構,係沿著用紙之另一面,將向用紙之另一面側所突出之非金屬針的針腳向內側折彎且將左右的針腳彼此相黏貼。 Therefore, the binding machine includes at least: a penetrating mechanism, which is designed to be held in place. The left and right pair of penetrating blades of the non-metal needle of the zigzag shape lift and lower the paper; and the bending mechanism is to bend the pins of the non-metal needle protruding toward the other side of the paper along the other side of the paper and bend the The left and right pins stick to each other.

進而,為了可連續地操作,非金屬針係在平坦之狀態被連結複數支,而被作成帶狀的連結針。 Furthermore, in order to allow continuous operation, a plurality of non-metallic needles are connected in a flat state, and are formed into band-shaped connecting needles.

而且,裝訂機係作成包括:搬運機構,係沿著搬運路搬運帶狀之連結針的前端部;及裁斷成形機構,係從藉搬運機構所搬運之連結針的前端部,將位於前頭的非金屬針裁斷成各一支,並成形成字形。藉裁斷成形機構所裁斷成形之非金屬針係藉上述之搬運機構被裝填於該貫入機構之左右一對的貫穿刃。 Furthermore, the binding machine is made up of a conveying mechanism that conveys the leading end portion of the belt-shaped connecting pin along the conveying path, and a cutting and forming mechanism that removes the leading end portion of the connecting pin that is conveyed by the conveying mechanism, and Metal needles are cut into pieces and formed into Glyph. The non-metal needles cut and formed by the cutting and forming mechanism are filled with the left and right pair of penetrating blades of the penetrating mechanism by the above-mentioned conveying mechanism.

此外,為了將帶狀的連結針作成更長、集中成小、更易於使用,亦捲繞成滾筒狀。而且,將裝訂機作成可處理此滾筒狀之連結針的構造。 In addition, in order to make the band-shaped connecting pins longer, more compact, and easier to use, they are also wound into a roll. In addition, the binding machine has a structure capable of processing the roller-shaped connecting needle.

【先行專利文獻】 [Leading Patent Literature]

【專利文獻】 [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2013-166208號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-166208

[專利文獻2]日本特開2008-44054號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-44054

可是,在該專利文獻1所記載之裝訂機,具有如以下所示的問題。 However, the binding machine described in this patent document 1 has the following problems.

即,為了作成可藉裁斷成形機構正確地裁斷連結非金屬針之連結針,需要將連結針正確地安裝於裝訂機本體。在此時,若使用捲繞成滾筒狀連結針,由於連結針所伴隨之捲繞癖的影響,難將連結針正確地安裝於裝訂機本體。又,即使正確地安裝連結針,亦可能在安裝後因捲繞癖而連結針偏離裝訂機本體上之正確的位置。若像這樣地連結針偏離正確的位置,就無法以裁斷成形機構正確地裁斷連結針。 That is, in order to create a connection pin that can accurately cut non-metallic needles by a cutting and forming mechanism, it is necessary to correctly attach the connection pin to the binding machine body. At this time, if a connecting needle wound into a drum shape is used, it is difficult to correctly attach the connecting needle to the binding machine body due to the influence of the winding habit associated with the connecting needle. In addition, even if the connecting pin is correctly installed, the connecting pin may deviate from the correct position on the binding machine body due to the winding habit after installation. If the connecting pin is deviated from the correct position like this, the connecting pin cannot be accurately cut by the cutting forming mechanism.

因此,例如,想到作成將滾筒狀之連結針收容於針匣,且將此針匣安裝於裝訂機等,藉此,將連結針間接地安裝於裝訂機本體。藉由依此方式(比裝訂機小形且處理容易之)將針匣用作媒介,對針匣之連結針的安裝變得容易,又,可經由針匣將連結針正確地安裝於裝訂機本體,又,可使連結針難偏移。 For this reason, for example, it is conceivable to store a roller-shaped connecting needle in a needle magazine and mount the needle magazine in a binding machine or the like, thereby indirectly installing the connecting needle in the binding machine body. By using the needle magazine as a medium (smaller and easier to handle than the binding machine) in this way, the connection needle of the needle magazine can be easily installed, and the connection needle can be correctly installed on the binding machine body through the needle magazine. In addition, it is possible to make the connecting needle difficult to shift.

可是,在使用針匣的情況,連結針之處理的人力時間增加,且需要針匣。需要對裝訂機拆裝針匣的機構。因此,裝訂機之構造變得複雜,又,元件數增加,裝訂機變成大形,且費用亦變貴。 However, in the case of using a needle magazine, the labor time for processing the connected needles increases, and a needle magazine is required. A mechanism for removing and attaching the needle magazine to the stapler is required. Therefore, the structure of the binding machine becomes complicated, the number of components increases, the binding machine becomes large, and the cost becomes expensive.

又,在藉裁斷成形機構將連結針裁斷成各一支的非金屬針時,需要高精度地決定裁斷之位置。因此,將連結針正確地定位成為極重要。 Further, when the connecting needle is cut into individual non-metal needles by a cutting and forming mechanism, it is necessary to determine the cutting position with high accuracy. Therefore, it is extremely important to correctly position the connecting pin.

因此,例如,想到使用如金屬彈簧等之比較強力的彈性偏壓手段,作成總是從上側壓住搬運路上之連結針的狀態,且將連結針向搬運方向(之前側)偏壓,作成向被設置於搬運路(之裁斷機構)的前側之位置的貼住部(例如貫入機構的貫穿刃等)推壓連結針的前端部,藉此,作成進行連結針的定位(前對準)。 Therefore, for example, it is thought to use a relatively strong elastic biasing means such as a metal spring to create a state in which the connecting pin is always pressed on the conveying path from the upper side, and the connecting pin is biased in the conveying direction (front side) to make A contact portion (for example, a penetrating blade of a penetrating mechanism) provided at a position on the front side of the conveying path (the cutting mechanism) pushes the front end portion of the connection pin, thereby positioning (front alignment) of the connection pin.

可是,依此方式作成前對準時,為了作成在前後移動之進給機構後退時不會使連結針後退,在藉彈性偏壓手段之從上側的壓住需要過大的推壓力,且發生因向搬運方向(之前側)之持續性之推壓力的賦與而連結針(中被如貫入機構之貫穿刃等的貼住部推壓的部分)易受損的問題、或向裁斷機構搬運連結針時之阻力變大的問題等。 However, when the front alignment is made in this way, in order to make the feed mechanism that moves backward and forward does not retract the connecting needle, the pressing from the upper side by the elastic biasing means requires excessive pushing force, and the cause of the problem occurs. Application of continuous pressing force in the conveying direction (front side), the problem that the connecting pin (the part pushed by the holding part such as the penetrating blade of the penetrating mechanism) is easily damaged, or the connecting pin is transferred to the cutting mechanism The problem that the resistance becomes larger in time.

因此,本發明係將解決上述之問題點作為主要的目的。 Therefore, the present invention has as its main object to solve the above-mentioned problems.

為了解決該課題,本發明係一種裝訂機,其包括:裁斷機構,係將連結複數支平坦之狀態的非金屬針而成的連結針裁斷成各一支;及搬運機構,係經由搬運路向該裁斷機構搬運該連結針;其特徵為:在該搬運路之搬運方向的前側,包括可固持該連結針的針固持部;該針固持部係具有:貼住面,係貼住該連結針;限制構件,係從一面側對該連結針進行位置限制;以及脫離限制部,係在該連結針的另一面側,被配設成隔著該連結針在該搬運方向的前後使位置相異之狀態與該限制構件對峙。 In order to solve this problem, the present invention is a binding machine including: a cutting mechanism that cuts a connecting needle formed by connecting a plurality of flat non-metal needles into each one; and a conveying mechanism that passes the conveying path to the The cutting mechanism conveys the connecting pin; it is characterized in that: the front side of the conveying direction of the conveying path includes a needle holding portion capable of holding the connecting pin; the needle holding portion has: an abutting surface to which the connecting pin is attached; The restricting member restricts the position of the connecting pin from one side; and the disengagement restricting portion is arranged on the other side of the connecting pin and is arranged to make the position different from each other in the forward and backward directions in the conveying direction through the connecting pin. The state confronts this restriction member.

而且,藉由只是作成使連結針的前端緣輕碰該貼住面,利用在搬運路的前側所包括之針固持部的限制構件與脫離限制部,不使用輔助元件等,就可確實地直接自固持連結針。 Furthermore, by simply making the leading edge of the connecting pin lightly touch the abutment surface, the restricting member and the release restricting portion of the needle holding portion included on the front side of the conveying path can be used directly without using auxiliary components or the like. Self-holding connecting pin.

進而,為了解決該課題,本發明係一種裝訂機,其包括:裁斷機構,係將連結複數支平坦之狀態的非金屬針而成的連結針裁斷成各一支;及搬運機構,係經由搬運路向該裁斷機構搬運該連結針;其特徵為: 在該搬運路之中途,設置藉由藉該搬運機構之搬運動作所驅動的該連結針碰撞,可將該連結針定位的定位部。 Furthermore, in order to solve this problem, the present invention is a binding machine including: a cutting mechanism that cuts a connecting needle formed by connecting a plurality of flat non-metal needles into each one; and a conveying mechanism through the conveying The link is carried to the cutting mechanism by the road; its characteristics are: In the middle of the conveying path, a positioning portion capable of positioning the connecting pin by colliding with the connecting pin driven by the carrying operation of the carrying mechanism is provided.

而且,藉由定位部直接利用搬運機構之搬運動作,進行連結針的定位,不需要特殊之構成的定位機構,而定位部的構成變成簡單。 Furthermore, since the positioning portion directly uses the conveying action of the conveying mechanism to perform the positioning of the connecting needle, a special structured positioning mechanism is not required, and the structure of the positioning portion becomes simple.

若依據本發明,根據該構成,作成可簡單確實並正確地安裝連結針,且可圖謀小形化或低費用化。進而,若依據本發明,根據該構成,可在不會對連結針施加負擔下將連結針正確地定位。 According to the present invention, according to this configuration, the connection pin can be simply and surely and accurately mounted, and the size and cost can be reduced. Furthermore, according to the present invention, according to this configuration, the connection pin can be accurately positioned without imposing a load on the connection pin.

1‧‧‧裝訂機 1‧‧‧ binding machine

2‧‧‧非金屬針 2‧‧‧ non-metal needle

2b、2c‧‧‧針腳 2b, 2c‧‧‧pin

3‧‧‧連結針 3‧‧‧ connecting pin

4‧‧‧孔部 4‧‧‧ hole

6‧‧‧操作把手(操作部) 6‧‧‧Operating handle (operation part)

7‧‧‧用紙座(用紙載置部) 7‧‧‧paper holder (paper loading section)

11‧‧‧把手操作部 11‧‧‧Handle operation section

18‧‧‧連桿 18‧‧‧ connecting rod

32‧‧‧搬運路 32‧‧‧ port

34‧‧‧搬運機構 34‧‧‧Transportation agency

35‧‧‧裁斷成形機構(裁斷機構、成形機構、壓針機構) 35‧‧‧Cutting and forming mechanism (cutting mechanism, forming mechanism, needle pressing mechanism)

36、36a、36b‧‧‧貫穿刃 36, 36a, 36b‧‧‧ through blade

37‧‧‧貫入機構 37‧‧‧Into institutions

38‧‧‧折彎機構 38‧‧‧Bending mechanism

61‧‧‧推桿(搬運構件) 61‧‧‧Push rod (carrying member)

81‧‧‧定位部 81‧‧‧Positioning Department

82‧‧‧回位部 82‧‧‧Return Department

83‧‧‧推壓部 83‧‧‧Pushing section

84‧‧‧針固持部 84‧‧‧ Needle Holder

85‧‧‧貼住面 85‧‧‧ close noodles

86‧‧‧卡合部 86‧‧‧ Engagement Department

87‧‧‧限制構件 87‧‧‧ restricted components

88‧‧‧脫離限制部 88‧‧‧Restraint

91‧‧‧第1限制部 91‧‧‧Part 1 Restricted Section

92‧‧‧壓針板(壓針機構) 92‧‧‧Pressure plate (Pressure mechanism)

93‧‧‧第2限制部 93‧‧‧ 2nd Restricted Section

95‧‧‧間隙 95‧‧‧ Clearance

96‧‧‧間隙 96‧‧‧ Clearance

101‧‧‧裁斷刃(裁斷機構) 101‧‧‧ cutting blade (cutting mechanism)

102‧‧‧成形構件(成形機構) 102‧‧‧forming member (forming mechanism)

102a‧‧‧臂部 102a‧‧‧arm

105‧‧‧壓針部 105‧‧‧Pressing Needle

106‧‧‧彈性片(卡合部) 106‧‧‧Elastic sheet (engagement part)

113a、113b‧‧‧第2貫穿部(貫穿部) 113a, 113b ‧‧‧ 2nd penetration (penetration)

116a、116b‧‧‧孔部 116a, 116b‧‧‧Hole

117‧‧‧貫穿刃導件 117‧‧‧through blade guide

117a‧‧‧第1導引部 117a‧‧‧First guide

117b‧‧‧第2導引部 117b‧‧‧ 2nd guide

117c‧‧‧倒角部 117c‧‧‧Chamfer

120a‧‧‧第1折彎構件 120a‧‧‧The first bending member

120b‧‧‧第2折彎構件 120b‧‧‧ 2nd bending member

123a、123b‧‧‧導引面 123a, 123b‧‧‧Guide plane

122‧‧‧滑動構件(驅動構件) 122‧‧‧Sliding member (driving member)

137a‧‧‧第1動作部(動作部、傾斜面) 137a‧‧‧The first operation part (operation part, inclined surface)

137b‧‧‧第2動作部(動作部、傾斜面) 137b‧‧‧Second operation part (operation part, inclined surface)

P‧‧‧用紙(裝訂對象物) P‧‧‧Paper (binding object)

X‧‧‧前後方向(搬運方向) X‧‧‧ forward and backward direction (conveying direction)

第1圖係裝訂機之整體立體圖。 Figure 1 is an overall perspective view of the binding machine.

第1A圖係第1圖之側視圖。 Figure 1A is a side view of Figure 1.

第2圖係非金屬針之整體立體圖。 Figure 2 is an overall perspective view of a non-metallic needle.

第3圖係表示以非金屬針裝訂用紙之狀態的圖。 Fig. 3 is a view showing a state in which the paper is bound with a non-metal needle.

第4圖係表示連結非金屬針而成連結針之狀態的平面圖。 FIG. 4 is a plan view showing a state where a non-metallic needle is connected to form a connected needle.

第5圖係表示將連結針捲繞成滾筒狀之狀態的立體圖。 Fig. 5 is a perspective view showing a state where the connecting needle is wound into a roll shape.

第6圖係表示非金屬針之變形例的平面圖。 Fig. 6 is a plan view showing a modification of the non-metal needle.

第7圖係平行裝訂用導引部的說明圖。 Fig. 7 is an explanatory view of a guide unit for parallel binding.

第8圖係角落裝訂用導引部的說明圖。 Fig. 8 is an explanatory diagram of a corner binding guide.

第9圖係已拆下本體蓋之與第1圖一樣之裝訂機的整體立體圖。 Fig. 9 is an overall perspective view of the same binding machine as in Fig. 1 with the main body cover removed.

第10圖係縱向地剖開裝訂機之立體圖。 Fig. 10 is a perspective view of the binding machine taken longitudinally.

第11圖係在寬度中心位置縱向地剖開裝訂機之側視圖。 Fig. 11 is a side view of the binding machine taken longitudinally at the center of the width.

第12圖(a)係表示搬運路之從後斜上側觀察裝訂機的整體立體圖,第12圖(b)係其局部放大圖。 Fig. 12 (a) is an overall perspective view showing the binding machine viewed from the upper side obliquely from the rear, and Fig. 12 (b) is a partial enlarged view thereof.

第13圖(a)係在搬運路使連結針通過之與第12圖一樣的立體圖,第13圖(b)係其局部放大圖。 Fig. 13 (a) is a perspective view similar to Fig. 12 when the connecting needle is passed through the conveyance path, and Fig. 13 (b) is a partially enlarged view thereof.

第14圖係表示搬運路構成構件之圖。其中,第14圖(a)係從前側所觀察之立體圖,第14圖(b)係從後側所觀察之立體圖,第14圖(c)係前視圖,第14圖(d)係平面圖,第14圖(e)係側視圖。 Fig. 14 is a diagram showing constituent members of a conveyance path. Among them, Fig. 14 (a) is a perspective view viewed from the front side, Fig. 14 (b) is a perspective view viewed from the rear side, Fig. 14 (c) is a front view, and Fig. 14 (d) is a plan view, Fig. 14 (e) is a side view.

第15圖係從橫向觀察搬運機構之裝訂機的縱向剖面圖。 Fig. 15 is a longitudinal sectional view of the binding machine of the conveying mechanism as viewed from the horizontal direction.

第16圖(a)係表示搬運機構(已拆下搬運路構成構件之狀態)之從後斜上側觀察裝訂機的整體立體圖,第16圖(b)係其局部放大圖。 FIG. 16 (a) is an overall perspective view showing the binding mechanism when the conveying mechanism (in a state where the constituent members of the conveying path are removed) is viewed obliquely from the upper side, and FIG. 16 (b) is a partially enlarged view thereof.

第17圖係表示推桿之圖,第17圖(a)係從斜前方所觀察之立體圖,第17圖(b)係從上側所觀察之立體圖,第17圖(c)係平面圖。 Fig. 17 is a view showing a putter, Fig. 17 (a) is a perspective view viewed obliquely from the front, Fig. 17 (b) is a perspective view viewed from an upper side, and Fig. 17 (c) is a plan view.

第18圖係表示推桿之進給爪與連結針之孔部4(進給孔)之關係的分解立體圖。 Fig. 18 is an exploded perspective view showing the relationship between the feed claw of the pusher and the hole portion 4 (feed hole) of the connecting needle.

第19圖係表示推桿之進給爪與非金屬針之孔部(進給孔)之關係的立體圖 Fig. 19 is a perspective view showing a relationship between a feed claw of a pusher and a hole portion (feed hole) of a non-metal needle

第20圖係表示推桿之動作狀態的立體圖(非金屬針位於裁斷成形機構內之狀態)。 Fig. 20 is a perspective view showing the operating state of the push rod (a state where the non-metal needle is located in the cutting and forming mechanism).

第21圖係表示推桿之動作狀態的立體圖(向貫入機構的貫穿刃之間進給非金屬針之前的狀態。 Fig. 21 is a perspective view showing an operating state of the pusher (a state before the non-metal needle is fed between the penetrating blades of the penetrating mechanism.

第22圖係表示推桿之動作狀態的立體圖(向貫入機構的貫穿刃之間進給非金屬針之後的狀態。 Fig. 22 is a perspective view showing an operating state of the pusher (a state after the non-metal needle is fed between the penetrating blades of the penetrating mechanism.

第23圖係表示裝訂針蓋之拆裝的狀況之裝訂機的示意側視圖。裝訂針蓋係為了表示內部,而切掉一部分所表示。 Fig. 23 is a schematic side view of the binding machine showing the state of detaching and attaching the needle cover. The staple cover is cut out to show the inside.

第24圖(a)係表示從後斜上側觀察被安裝裝訂針蓋之裝訂機的整體立體圖,第24圖(b)係其局部放大圖。 FIG. 24 (a) is an overall perspective view of the binding machine with the binding needle cover installed obliquely viewed from the upper back side, and FIG. 24 (b) is a partially enlarged view thereof.

第25圖係表示裝訂針蓋之圖。其中,第25圖(a)係從斜上側所觀察之立體圖,第25圖(b)係從斜橫側所觀察之立體圖,第25圖(c)係從後斜下側所觀察之立體圖,第25圖(d)係從前斜下側所觀察之立體圖。 Fig. 25 is a view showing a staple cover. Among them, Fig. 25 (a) is a perspective view viewed from an oblique upper side, Fig. 25 (b) is a perspective view viewed from an oblique lateral side, and Fig. 25 (c) is a perspective view viewed from an oblique lower back side. Fig. 25 (d) is a perspective view of the front oblique lower side.

第26圖係表示搬運路之承受座與裝訂針蓋之針保護用突起部之關係的圖。其中,第26圖(a)係整體之立體圖,第26圖(b)係局部放大正視圖。 Fig. 26 is a diagram showing the relationship between the receiving seat of the conveyance path and the protrusion for protecting the needle of the staple cover. Among them, Fig. 26 (a) is a perspective view of the whole, and Fig. 26 (b) is a partially enlarged front view.

第27圖係表示第1止回爪之使用狀態的側視圖。 Fig. 27 is a side view showing a use state of the first check claw.

第27A圖係表示第1止回爪之使用狀態的側視圖(非連結針成為剩下3支之狀態)。 FIG. 27A is a side view showing the use state of the first check jaw (the state where the non-connecting needle is left with three pins).

第27B圖係表示定位構造之其他的例子之與第27圖一樣的側視圖。 Fig. 27B is a side view similar to Fig. 27 showing another example of the positioning structure.

第27C圖係第27B圖的動作圖。 Fig. 27C is an operation diagram of Fig. 27B.

第28圖係表示第2止回爪之使用狀態的側視圖。 Fig. 28 is a side view showing a use state of the second check claw.

第29圖係表示第2止回爪之使用後之狀態的側視圖。 Fig. 29 is a side view showing a state after the second check pawl is used.

第30圖係表示第1止回爪與第2止回爪之配置及使用狀態的平面圖。其中,第30圖(a)係連結針之剩下多的情況,第30圖(b)係對應於第27A圖者(剩下3支之狀態),第30圖(c) 係表示對應於第28圖者(剩下2支之狀態)。 Fig. 30 is a plan view showing the arrangement and use state of the first check claw and the second check claw. Among them, Fig. 30 (a) shows the situation where there are many remaining pins, and Fig. 30 (b) corresponds to Fig. 27A (the state of the remaining three), and Fig. 30 (c) Shows the figure corresponding to Figure 28 (the state with 2 remaining).

第31圖係表示裝訂機之蓋導件與裝訂針蓋之導件突起之關係的局部放大側視圖。其中,第31圖(a)係表示安裝初期之狀態,第31圖(b)係表示安裝中期之狀態,第31圖(c)係表示安裝後期之狀態。 Figure 31 is a partially enlarged side view showing the relationship between the cover guide of the binding machine and the protrusion of the guide of the binding needle cover. Among them, Fig. 31 (a) shows the state in the early stage of installation, Fig. 31 (b) shows the state in the middle stage of installation, and Fig. 31 (c) shows the state in the later stage of installation.

第32圖係表示連結針的自固持構造之裝訂機的整體縱向剖面圖。 Fig. 32 is an overall longitudinal cross-sectional view of a binding machine with a self-holding structure for connecting pins.

第33圖係第32圖之局部放大圖。 Figure 33 is a partially enlarged view of Figure 32.

第33A圖係表示限制構件之其他的實施例之與第33圖一樣的局部放大圖。 Fig. 33A is a partial enlarged view similar to Fig. 33 showing another embodiment of the restricting member.

第33B圖係表示第33A圖之變形例的局部放大圖。 Fig. 33B is a partially enlarged view showing a modification of Fig. 33A.

第33C圖係表示第2限制部之其他的實施例之與第33圖一樣的局部放大圖。 Fig. 33C is a partial enlarged view showing another embodiment of the second restricting portion, similar to Fig. 33;

第34圖係表示連結針的自固持構造之連結針之前端部的平面圖。 Fig. 34 is a plan view showing the front end portion of the connecting pin in the self-holding structure of the connecting pin.

第35圖係第34圖之局部放大圖。 Figure 35 is a partially enlarged view of Figure 34.

第36圖係表示設置於搬運路構成構件之貼住面的變形例之與第34圖一樣的平面圖。 Fig. 36 is a plan view similar to Fig. 34 showing a modified example of the abutting surface provided on the conveying path constituent member.

第36A圖係表示貼住面之其他的實施例之與第34圖一樣的平面圖。 Fig. 36A is a plan view similar to Fig. 34 showing another embodiment of the contact surface.

第36B圖係表示貼住面之別的實施例之與第34圖一樣的平面圖。 Fig. 36B is a plan view similar to Fig. 34 showing another embodiment of the contact surface.

第36C圖係表示貼住面之另外的實施例之與第34圖一樣的平面圖。 Fig. 36C is a plan view similar to Fig. 34 showing another embodiment of the contact surface.

第37圖係表示設置於裝訂機本體之貼住面之其他的變形例之與第34圖一樣的平面圖。 Fig. 37 is a plan view similar to Fig. 34 showing another modification example of the abutment surface provided on the binding machine body.

第38圖係表示拆下連結針時的狀態之與第26圖(b)相同的局部放大正視圖。 Fig. 38 is a partially enlarged front view showing the state when the connecting needle is removed, which is the same as Fig. 26 (b).

第39圖係裁斷成形機構及貫入機構之構成構件的立體圖。 Figure 39 is a perspective view of the constituent members of the cutting and forming mechanism and the penetrating mechanism.

第40A圖係裁斷成形機構及貫入機構的動作圖,表示從備用狀態至對非金屬針進行成形並以壓針板之壓針部拾取針尖之狀態。 Fig. 40A is an operation diagram of the cutting and forming mechanism and the penetrating mechanism, and shows a state from a standby state to forming a non-metallic needle and picking up the needle tip with the needle pressing portion of the needle pressing plate.

第40B圖係裁斷成形機構及貫入機構的動作圖,表示壓針板從固持成形後之非金屬針的狀態至藉推桿將非金屬針推出至貫穿刃內之狀態。 FIG. 40B is an operation diagram of the cutting and forming mechanism and the penetrating mechanism, and shows the state of the presser plate from the state of holding the non-metal needle formed to the state of pushing the non-metal needle into the penetrating blade by the push rod.

第41圖係貫穿刃的動作圖。其中,第41圖(a)係表示貫穿刃導件之起始位置,第41圖(b)係表示貫穿刃導件後退,第1導引部一面導引貫穿刃一面從貫穿刃之間開始退避之狀態,第41圖(c)係表示第2導引部被配置於貫穿刃之間,並藉折彎機構進行折彎動作之狀態,第41圖(d)係表示貫穿刃導件之折彎動作結束而貫穿刃導件停止之狀態。 Fig. 41 is an operation diagram of the penetrating blade. Among them, Fig. 41 (a) shows the starting position of the penetrating blade guide, and Fig. 41 (b) shows the penetrating blade guide retreating. The first guide part starts from between the penetrating edges while guiding the penetrating blade. Fig. 41 (c) shows the state of retreating. The second guide portion is arranged between the penetrating blades, and the bending operation is performed by the bending mechanism. Fig. 41 (d) shows the penetrating blade guide. The state where the bending operation is completed and the penetrating blade guide is stopped.

第41A圖係貫穿刃之變形例的動作圖。其中,第41A圖(a)係表示貫穿刃導件之起始位置,第41A圖(b)係表示貫穿刃導件後退,第1導引部一面導引貫穿刃一面從貫穿刃之間開始退避之狀態,第41A圖(c)係表示第2導引部被配置於貫穿刃之間,並藉折彎機構進行折彎動作之狀態,第41A圖(d)係表示貫穿刃導件之折彎動作結束而貫穿刃導件停止之狀態。 Fig. 41A is an operation diagram of a modified example of the penetrating blade. Among them, Fig. 41A (a) shows the starting position of the penetrating blade guide, and Fig. 41A (b) shows the penetrating blade guide retreating. The first guide portion starts from between the penetrating edges while guiding the penetrating blade. Fig. 41A (c) shows the state of retreating, and the second guide portion is arranged between the penetrating blades, and the bending operation is performed by the bending mechanism. Fig. 41A (d) shows the penetrating blade guide. The state where the bending operation is completed and the penetrating blade guide is stopped.

第41B圖係貫穿刃之其他的變形例的動作圖。其中,第 41B圖(a)係表示貫穿刃導件之起始位置,第41B圖(b)係表示貫穿刃導件後退,第1導引部一面導引貫穿刃一面從貫穿刃之間開始退避之狀態,第41B圖(c)係表示第2導引部被配置於貫穿刃之間,並藉折彎機構進行折彎動作之狀態,第41B圖(d)係表示貫穿刃導件之折彎動作結束而貫穿刃導件停止之狀態。 Fig. 41B is an operation diagram of another modification of the penetrating blade. Among them, the Figure 41B (a) shows the starting position of the penetrating blade guide. Figure 41B (b) shows the penetrating blade guide retreating. The first guide part guides the penetrating blade while retreating from the penetrating blade. Fig. 41B (c) shows the state where the second guide is arranged between the penetrating blades and the bending operation is performed by the bending mechanism, and Fig. 41B (d) shows the bending action of the penetrating blade guide. The state where the penetrating blade guide is stopped when it is finished.

第42A圖係連桿的動作圖,並表示備用狀態。 Figure 42A is an operation diagram of the link and shows the standby state.

第42B圖係連桿的動作圖,並表示藉連桿軸之下降而連桿下降,推桿後退而脫離壓針板之狀態。 Fig. 42B is an operation diagram of the connecting rod, and shows a state in which the connecting rod is lowered by the lowering of the connecting rod shaft, and the push rod is retracted and detached from the presser plate.

第42C圖係連桿的動作圖,並表示連桿轉動而滑動構件開始後退之狀態。 FIG. 42C is an operation diagram of the link and shows a state where the link rotates and the sliding member starts to retract.

第42D圖係連桿的動作圖,並表示滑動構件後退之狀態。 Fig. 42D is an operation diagram of the link and shows a state where the sliding member is retracted.

第42E圖係連桿的動作圖,並表示藉連桿軸到達最低點,滑動構件亦最後退之狀態。 Figure 42E is an action diagram of the link, and shows the state where the sliding member is finally retracted by the link shaft reaching the lowest point.

第42F圖係連桿的動作圖,並表示藉連桿軸之上升而連桿向回位方向轉動,滑動構件前進而回到備用位置之狀態。 Fig. 42F is an operation diagram of the link, and shows a state in which the link rotates in the returning direction by the rise of the link shaft, and the sliding member advances and returns to the standby position.

第43圖係驅動器本體之說明圖。其中,第43圖(a)係平面圖,第43圖(b)係正視圖,第43圖(c)係側視圖,第43圖(d)係剖面圖,第43圖(e)係後視圖。 Figure 43 is an explanatory diagram of the driver body. Among them, Fig. 43 (a) is a plan view, Fig. 43 (b) is a front view, Fig. 43 (c) is a side view, Fig. 43 (d) is a sectional view, and Fig. 43 (e) is a rear view. .

第44圖係表示頂壓件觸底時之驅動器本體。其中,第44圖(a)係正視圖,第44圖(b)係側視圖,第44圖(c)係剖面圖。 Fig. 44 shows the driver body when the pressing member bottoms. Among them, Fig. 44 (a) is a front view, Fig. 44 (b) is a side view, and Fig. 44 (c) is a sectional view.

第45圖係表示折彎機構之構成構件的圖。其中,第45圖(a)係折彎單元之立體圖,第45圖(b)係黏貼構件之立體圖,第45圖(c)係滑動構件之立體圖。 Fig. 45 is a diagram showing constituent members of a bending mechanism. Among them, Fig. 45 (a) is a perspective view of a bending unit, Fig. 45 (b) is a perspective view of an adhesive member, and Fig. 45 (c) is a perspective view of a sliding member.

第46圖係表示滑動構件之平面圖。 Fig. 46 is a plan view showing a sliding member.

第47圖係設置於裝訂機本體之導引面的說明圖,是裝訂機本體之從斜下方向的立體圖。 Fig. 47 is an explanatory view of a guide surface provided on the binding machine body, and is a perspective view of the binding machine body from an obliquely downward direction.

第48圖係組裝折彎機構之各構成構件與連桿之狀態的立體圖。 Fig. 48 is a perspective view showing a state in which each constituent member and a connecting rod of the bending mechanism are assembled.

第49圖係表示滑動構件的動作圖。其中,第49圖(a)表示滑動構件之動作前的備用狀態,第49圖(b)係滑動構件開始動作之狀態,第49圖(c)係滑動構件停止之狀態。 Fig. 49 is a diagram showing the operation of the sliding member. Among them, Fig. 49 (a) shows a standby state before the sliding member is operated, Fig. 49 (b) shows a state where the sliding member starts to operate, and Fig. 49 (c) shows a state where the sliding member stops.

第50A圖係折彎構件的動作圖,將非金屬針插入用紙,並表示折彎構件之動作前的備用狀態。 FIG. 50A is an operation diagram of the bending member, and a non-metal needle is inserted into the paper, and the standby state before the bending member operation is shown.

第50B圖係折彎構件的動作圖,並表示使第1折彎構件與第2折彎構件依序動作而將一方及另一方之針腳依序折彎的狀態。 Fig. 50B is an operation diagram of the bending member, and shows a state where the first bending member and the second bending member are sequentially operated, and one and the other pins are sequentially bent.

第50C圖係折彎構件的動作圖,並表示以黏貼構件將一方及另一方之針腳黏貼的狀態。 Fig. 50C is an operation diagram of the bending member, and shows a state in which one and the other pins are stuck by the sticking member.

第50D圖係折彎構件的動作圖,並表示為了避免與另一方之針腳的干涉而降低第1折彎構件之狀態。 Fig. 50D is an operation diagram of the bending member, and shows a state where the first bending member is lowered in order to avoid interference with the other pin.

第51圖係黏貼構件的動作圖,其中,第51圖(a)表示黏貼構件之動作前的備用狀態,第51圖(b)係黏貼構件轉動之狀態,第51圖(c)係黏貼構件黏貼一對針腳之狀態。 Fig. 51 is an operation diagram of an adhesive member, wherein Fig. 51 (a) shows a standby state before the operation of the adhesive member, Fig. 51 (b) shows a state where the adhesive member is rotated, and Fig. 51 (c) is an adhesive member The state of sticking a pair of pins.

第52圖係折彎機構之變形例的說明圖。其中,第52圖(a)係以2個線圈彈簧朝向上推方向對第1、第2折彎構件偏壓的例子,第52圖(b)係以2個線圈彈簧朝向下推方向對第1、第2折彎構件偏壓的例子,第52圖(c)係以1個線圈彈簧朝向上推方向對第1、第2折彎構件偏壓的例子。 Fig. 52 is an explanatory diagram of a modified example of the bending mechanism. Among them, Fig. 52 (a) is an example of biasing the first and second bending members with two coil springs in the upward pushing direction, and Fig. 52 (b) is an example of biasing the first and second bending members with the two coil springs in the downward pushing direction. 1. An example of biasing the second bending member, FIG. 52 (c) is an example of biasing the first and second bending members with a coil spring pushed upward.

以下,使用圖面,說明本實施形態。 Hereinafter, this embodiment will be described using drawings.

第1圖至第52圖係用以說明本實施形態。 1 to 52 are diagrams for explaining this embodiment.

[第1實施例] [First embodiment]

<裝訂機的整體構成>以下,說明本實施例之裝訂機的整體構成。 <Overall Configuration of Binding Machine> Hereinafter, the overall configuration of the binding machine of this embodiment will be described.

首先,使用第1圖之立體圖(或第1A圖之側視圖),說明「方向」。在本實施例,對裝訂機1,以插入用紙之方向為基準,將前側作為前,將內側作為後,將右側作為右,將左側作為左,將上側作為上,將下側作為下。即,成為前後方向X、左右方向Y、上下方向Z。但,關於方向,係相對的。 First, the "direction" will be described using the perspective view of Fig. 1 (or the side view of Fig. 1A). In this embodiment, the binding machine 1 uses the direction of paper insertion as a reference, the front side as the front, the inner side as the rear, the right side as the right, the left side as the left, the upper side as the upper side, and the lower side as the lower side. That is, it becomes the front-back direction X, the left-right direction Y, and the up-down direction Z. However, the directions are relative.

其次,使用第2圖,說明在裝訂機1所使用之針(裝訂針)。此針係採用以紙製或合成樹脂製等所製造之非金屬針2(或軟質針)。此外,關於非金屬針2之方向,以被安裝於裝訂機1之狀態為基準來說明。 Next, the needle (binding needle) used in the binding machine 1 will be described using FIG. 2. This needle is a non-metal needle 2 (or soft needle) made of paper or synthetic resin. In addition, the orientation of the non-metal needle 2 will be described with reference to a state in which it is mounted on the binding machine 1.

一支非金屬針2係作成在成為頂部之中央部之頂2a的兩端具有被彎曲成大致直角之左右一對的針腳2b、2c的倒U字形(或向下字形)。非金屬針2係在使頂2a對裝訂機1朝向左右方向Y之狀態被安裝,左右一對的針腳2b、2c係在裝訂機1的內部朝向下側被折彎。此外,非金屬針2係作成對前後方向X具有所要之長度(非金屬針2的寬度,或非金屬針2之短邊方向的長度)。 A non-metallic pin 2 is formed into an inverted U-shape (or downward) having a pair of left and right pins 2b, 2c bent at a substantially right angle at both ends of the top 2a which becomes the central part of the top. Glyphs). The non-metallic needle 2 is mounted with the top 2a facing the binding machine 1 in the left-right direction Y, and the left and right pair of pins 2b and 2c are bent toward the lower side inside the binding machine 1. In addition, the non-metallic needle 2 has a desired length (the width of the non-metallic needle 2 or the length in the short-side direction of the non-metallic needle 2) in a pair of front-rear directions X.

而且,如第3圖所示,將左右一對的針腳2b、2c插入用紙P的貫穿孔p1,將在用紙P之背面側所突出的針腳 2b、2c沿著用紙P之背面依序向內折彎,藉此,可重疊地裝訂複數張用紙P。為了向內折彎之針腳2b、2c重疊,將左右一對的針腳2b、2c相加的長度係被設定成比頂2a更長。 Then, as shown in FIG. 3, the left and right pair of pins 2b, 2c are inserted into the through hole p1 of the paper P, and the pins protruding on the back side of the paper P 2b and 2c are sequentially bent inward along the back surface of the paper sheet P, whereby a plurality of paper sheets P can be bound in an overlapping manner. In order to overlap the inwardly bent pins 2b, 2c, the length of the left and right pair of pins 2b, 2c added is set to be longer than the top 2a.

在此時,在後來被向內折彎之針腳2c的內面(或背面),設置在沿著用紙P之背面將針腳2b、2c向內折彎時,作成可黏著固定於先被向內折彎之針腳2b的外面(或表面)的黏著部2d。相對地,在非金屬針2之至少後來被向內折彎之針腳2c的外面(或表面),被實施用以作成不會(將非金屬針2捲繞成滾筒狀或上下地重疊時)被黏著部2d黏著的不黏著加工。 At this time, the inner surface (or the back surface) of the pin 2c which is bent inward later is provided to bend the pins 2b and 2c inward along the back surface of the paper P, so as to be adhesively fixed to the first inwardly bent An adhesive portion 2d on the outer surface (or surface) of the bent pin 2b. On the other hand, at least the outer surface (or surface) of the non-metallic pin 2 that is bent inward at least later is implemented so that it does not (when the non-metallic pin 2 is wound into a roll shape or overlaps up and down) Non-adhesive processing where the adhered portion 2d is adhered.

而且,如第4圖所示,為了可連續地操作,非金屬針2係在平坦地延伸之狀態被連結複數支,而作成帶狀的連結針3(或軟質連結針)。而且,如第5圖所示,藉由將此帶狀的連結針3捲繞成滾筒狀,使連結針3變成長條,且收容於裝訂機1的內部並可小巧地使用(滾筒狀連結針)。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 4, in order to allow continuous operation, the non-metallic needle 2 is connected to a plurality of branches while being extended in a flat state, and is formed into a band-shaped connection needle 3 (or a soft connection needle). Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 5, the band-shaped connecting pin 3 is wound into a roll shape, so that the connecting pin 3 becomes a long strip, and is housed inside the binding machine 1 and can be used compactly (roller-shaped connection). needle).

如第4圖所示,連結針3係對朝向左右方向Y筆直地延伸的狀態之作成細長之長方形的非金屬針2在連結部3a局部地連結並在前後方向X排列複數支。連結部3a係被設置於左右方向Y的兩端部附近之2處的位置,在比左右之連結部3a更外側的部分(之前後緣部),為了使連結針3易向用紙P之貫穿孔p1通過,而設置作成用以作成楔形之錐形的狹縫部3b。又,左右之連結部3a之內側的部分係被作成分離在前後鄰接之非金屬針2的後緣部與前緣部之狹縫部3c。 As shown in FIG. 4, the connecting needles 3 are a pair of non-metallic needles 2 formed in an elongated rectangular shape in a state of straightly extending in the left-right direction Y, and are partially connected at the connecting portion 3 a and arranged in plural in the front-back direction X. The connecting portion 3a is provided at two positions near both ends in the left-right direction Y. The outer portion (front and rear edge portion) of the connecting portion 3a is more outward than the left and right connecting portions 3a, so that the connecting pin 3 can easily penetrate the paper P. The hole p1 passes through and is provided with a slit portion 3b formed in a tapered shape. In addition, the inner portion of the left and right connecting portions 3a is formed as a slit portion 3c separated from the rear edge portion and the front edge portion of the non-metallic needle 2 adjacent to each other in the front and rear.

在各連結部3a與其內側之狹縫部3c的邊界部分,設置左右一對之用以操作連結針3的孔部4。此孔部4係被用 作用以操作連結針3的卡止孔或進給孔、定位孔等。此孔部4係可採用圓孔或角孔或細長孔等。在此情況,採用圓角四角形。 A pair of left and right hole portions 4 for operating the connection needle 3 is provided at a boundary portion between each connection portion 3a and the slit portion 3c on the inside thereof. This hole part 4 is used It functions to operate a locking hole, a feed hole, a positioning hole, and the like of the connecting needle 3. This hole portion 4 can be a round hole, a corner hole, an elongated hole, or the like. In this case, a rounded quadrangle is used.

但,連結部3a及孔部4的位置或個數係不是被限定為上述者。例如,在第4圖,作成除了如上述所示被設置於前後之非金屬針2的邊界部分之左右一對的孔部4以外,更在各非金屬針2之前後方向X及左右方向Y的中央部設置第3的孔部4。但,此第3的孔部4係在不需要的情況,亦可不設置。又,如第6圖所示,亦可在各非金屬針2之前後方向X及左右方向Y的中央部設置僅一個孔部4。或者,亦可作成孔部4係對左右方向Y設置3個以上。 However, the positions or numbers of the connecting portions 3a and the hole portions 4 are not limited to those described above. For example, in FIG. 4, in addition to the left and right pair of hole portions 4 provided at the boundary portion of the non-metallic needle 2 in the front and back as described above, the non-metallic needle 2 is positioned in the front-rear direction X and the left-right direction Y. A third hole portion 4 is provided in the central portion of the hole. However, the third hole 4 may not be provided when it is unnecessary. In addition, as shown in FIG. 6, only one hole portion 4 may be provided in the central portion of each of the non-metal needles 2 in the front-rear direction X and the left-right direction Y. Alternatively, three or more holes 4 may be provided in the left-right direction Y.

此外,上述之非金屬針2係在比第4圖之左右一對的孔部4更靠近左右方向Y之中央的位置,向下側折彎成形成向前後方向X筆直地延伸的折痕(參照第2圖)。這種連結針3係例如可藉由對厚度均勻且平坦的紙或合成樹脂的薄片等進行沖孔加工成該形狀而得到。 In addition, the non-metal needle 2 described above is located closer to the center of the left-right direction Y than the left and right pair of hole portions 4 in FIG. 4 and is bent downward to form a crease extending straight forward and backward X. (See Figure 2). Such a connecting pin 3 can be obtained by punching a paper or a sheet of synthetic resin having a uniform and flat thickness into the shape, for example.

其次,說明裝訂機1。 Next, the binding machine 1 will be described.

回到第1圖,上述之裝訂機1包括:裝訂機本體5,係可載置於座上;及操作把手6,係被安裝成可對裝訂機本體5壓下。 Returning to FIG. 1, the above-mentioned binding machine 1 includes: a binding machine body 5 that can be placed on a seat; and an operating handle 6 that is installed to be capable of pressing down the binding machine body 5.

在裝訂機本體5的前側,設置用以設定用紙P(參照第7圖、第8圖)之用紙座7,在用紙座7之內側,設置成為裝訂用紙P之位置的用紙插入部8(裝訂部)。用紙座7及用紙插入部8係被設置成大致水平,用紙座7的上部係藉由將裝訂機本體5的前側部分切掉成成為朝向用紙插入部8大致後下降 的傾斜形狀,而在裝訂機本體5的前側部分,將用紙座7及用紙插入部8整體上設置成成為大致橫向Y字形。 A paper holder 7 for setting the paper P (refer to FIGS. 7 and 8) is provided on the front side of the binding machine body 5, and a paper insertion section 8 (binding) for the position of the binding paper P is provided inside the paper holder 7. unit). The paper holder 7 and the paper insertion portion 8 are arranged substantially horizontally, and the upper portion of the paper holder 7 is cut down so that the front side portion of the stapler body 5 is cut toward the paper insertion portion 8 and then descends substantially. The paper holder 7 and the paper insertion portion 8 are arranged in a substantially horizontal Y-shape as a whole at the front portion of the binding machine body 5.

而且,在此用紙插入部8的內部,設置如第7圖所示用以與用紙P之邊平行地裝訂用紙P的平行裝訂用導引部7a、與如第8圖所示用以傾斜地裝訂用紙P之角落的角落裝訂用導引部7b。又,在用紙座7,設置在將用紙P之角落設定於角落裝訂用導引部7b時,成為用以對準構成用紙P的角落之兩邊的位置之大致標準的標記部7c。 Further, a parallel binding guide 7a for binding the paper P in parallel with the edge of the paper P as shown in FIG. 7 and an oblique binding as shown in FIG. 8 are provided inside the paper insertion section 8. The corner binding guide 7b of the corner of the paper P. The paper holder 7 is provided with a substantially standard marking portion 7c for aligning the positions of both sides of the corners constituting the paper P when the corners of the paper P are set to the corner binding guide 7b.

而且,在裝訂機本體5,被安裝成為外部裝飾之本體蓋9(以下亦一併參照第1圖),拆下此本體蓋9時,如第9圖所示,操作把手6或裝訂機本體5的內部構造露出。而,操作把手6係由樹脂製之把手操作部11與金屬製之把手本體部12所構成。此外,在本體蓋9與把手本體部12彼此交叉的部分,可設置用以避免發生物之夾入等的凸狀部9a、12a(參照第11圖)等。此凸狀部9a、12a係作成對在本體蓋9之後緣部與把手本體部12之後緣部的至少一方中相當於把手本體部12之可動範圍的部分向後側成曲線地突出的形狀等。 In addition, the main body cover 9 of the binding machine body 5 is attached as an external decoration body cover (hereinafter also referred to as Fig. 1). When the main body cover 9 is removed, as shown in Fig. 9, the handle 6 or the binding machine body is operated. The internal structure of 5 is exposed. The operation handle 6 is composed of a resin handle operation portion 11 and a metal handle main body portion 12. In addition, convex portions 9a, 12a (see FIG. 11) and the like can be provided at portions where the main body cover 9 and the handle main body portion 12 intersect with each other to prevent the occurrence of pinching and the like. The convex portions 9 a and 12 a are formed in a shape such that a portion corresponding to a movable range of the handle body portion 12 in a rearward edge portion of at least one of the rear edge portion of the body cover 9 and the rear edge portion of the handle body portion 12 projects curvedly toward the rear side.

樹脂製之把手操作部11係作成從比在裝訂機本體5之前部的用紙插入部8更向用紙座7之上側突出的部分(上部突出部)之前端側的位置向後斜上方延伸。 The resin handle operation portion 11 is formed so as to extend obliquely upward and backward from a position on the front end side of a portion (upper projection portion) protruding toward the upper side of the paper holder 7 from the paper insertion portion 8 in the front portion of the binding machine body 5.

金屬製之把手本體部12係作成在側面圖大致三角形,位於前側且下側的角部經由向左右方向Y所延伸之支軸13,被軸支成可上下轉動。相對地,在裝訂機本體5(的上部突出部),設置軸支支軸13的軸孔14。而且,位於作成在側面圖 大致三角形之金屬製的把手本體部12之上側之角部的部分被安裝於樹脂製之把手操作部11之前後方向X的中間部。 The metal handle body portion 12 is substantially triangular in a side view, and the corner portions located on the front side and the lower side are supported by the shaft so as to be vertically rotatable via a support shaft 13 extending in the left-right direction Y. In contrast, in the binding machine body 5 (the upper protruding portion), a shaft hole 14 of a shaft 13 is provided. Moreover, it is located in the side view A portion of the corner portion on the upper side of the substantially triangular metal handle body portion 12 is attached to a middle portion in the front-rear direction X of the resin handle operation portion 11.

藉將此金屬製之把手本體部12的支軸13作為中心之上下轉動,樹脂製之把手操作部11從自裝訂機本體5之該上部突出部向後上升地傾斜的備用狀態上下地傾斜成成為大致水平的推入狀態。藉此,操作把手6係被進行大致從上向下的推入操作。在此時,如第1A圖所示,作成在被設定成水平之狀態的把手操作部11與裝訂機本體5之間,確保用以避免發生物之夾入等的間隙S。 By rotating the support shaft 13 of the metal handle body portion 12 as a center, the resin handle operation portion 11 is tilted up and down from a standby state in which the upper protruding portion of the self-binding machine body 5 is tilted rearward. Approximately horizontal push. Thereby, the operation handle 6 is pushed in substantially from the top down. At this time, as shown in FIG. 1A, a gap S between the handle operation portion 11 set to the horizontal state and the binding machine body 5 is ensured to prevent the occurrence of pinching and the like.

而且,在沿著作成在側面圖大致三角形之金屬製的把手本體部12之下側的邊部之靠後的位置,將向左右方向Y所延伸之連桿軸15安裝(或插穿配置)成可藉操作把手6的轉動對裝訂機本體5升降。藉此連桿軸15的升降將操作把手6的操作傳達至裝訂機1的各機構。 Further, the link shaft 15 extending in the left-right direction Y is mounted (or inserted) along a position rearward of the side portion below the metal handle main body portion 12 which is formed in a substantially triangular side view. The binding machine body 5 can be raised and lowered by turning the operation handle 6. The lifting and lowering of the link shaft 15 thereby transmits the operation of the operation handle 6 to each mechanism of the binding machine 1.

為了使連桿軸15在上下方向Z升降,在裝訂機本體5的側面16(側壁),設置向上下方向Z所延伸之導槽17。又,為了作成可容許連桿軸15之往上下方向Z的升降,軸支支軸13的軸孔14係作成長孔,而支軸13成為可動支點。藉由將支軸13作為可動支點,可減輕操作把手6的操作力。 In order to raise and lower the link shaft 15 in the vertical direction Z, a guide groove 17 extending in the vertical direction Z is provided on a side surface 16 (side wall) of the binding machine body 5. In addition, in order to allow the vertical movement of the link shaft 15 in the vertical direction Z, the shaft hole 14 of the pivot shaft 13 is a long hole, and the pivot shaft 13 is a movable fulcrum. By using the support shaft 13 as a movable fulcrum, the operation force of the operation handle 6 can be reduced.

例如,將軸孔14作成在前側具有水平部,並在後側具有後上升之傾斜部的曲折孔等。藉此,在把手操作部11向上抬起時,支軸13係位於軸孔14之傾斜部的上端部,從此狀態推入把手操作部11而變成水平之狀態時,支軸13係在軸孔14的傾斜部下降並向水平部的前端部移動。然後,隨著把 手操作部11的壓下而支軸13在軸孔14的傾斜部下降,即支點移動,藉此,可減輕在壓下初期之推入力。又,在把手操作部11接近下限位置時,藉由支軸13進入軸孔14的水平部,即固定支點的位置,可產生大的操作力。 For example, the shaft hole 14 is a zigzag hole having a horizontal portion on the front side and an inclined portion rising rearward on the rear side. Therefore, when the handle operation portion 11 is lifted upward, the support shaft 13 is located at the upper end portion of the inclined portion of the shaft hole 14. When the handle operation portion 11 is pushed in from this state and becomes horizontal, the support shaft 13 is located at the shaft hole. The inclined portion of 14 descends and moves toward the front end portion of the horizontal portion. Then, with the When the hand operation portion 11 is depressed, the support shaft 13 is lowered at the inclined portion of the shaft hole 14, that is, the fulcrum moves, thereby reducing the pushing force at the initial stage of the depression. In addition, when the handle operation portion 11 approaches the lower limit position, the support shaft 13 enters the horizontal portion of the shaft hole 14, that is, the position of the fixed fulcrum, and a large operation force can be generated.

而且,例如,連桿軸15係為了驅動介於裝訂機本體5的側面16與金屬製的把手本體部12之間之金屬製的連桿18所使用。關於此連桿18的功能將後述。 Further, for example, the link shaft 15 is used to drive a metal link 18 interposed between the side surface 16 of the binding machine body 5 and the metal handle body portion 12. The function of this link 18 will be described later.

連桿18係在將其上部夾入裝訂機本體5的側面16與金屬製的把手本體部12之間的狀態,被固持成可向沿著裝訂機本體5之側面16的方向(例如,前後方向X及上下方向Z等)移動。又,連桿18係藉設置於裝訂機本體5的側面16之鉤狀的連桿固持部19,將其下部卡止固持成可向沿著裝訂機本體5之側面16的方向移動。 The link 18 is held between the side surface 16 of the binding machine body 5 and the metal handle main body portion 12 in an upper portion thereof, and is held in a direction (for example, forward and backward) along the side surface 16 of the binding machine body 5. Direction X, vertical direction Z, etc.). The link 18 is a hook-shaped link holding portion 19 provided on the side surface 16 of the binding machine body 5, and the lower portion is locked and held so as to be movable in a direction along the side surface 16 of the binding machine body 5.

連桿18係作成在側面圖大致曲柄狀,其具有位於上側並向大致上下方向Z所延伸之上方延伸部18a、從該上方延伸部18a的下端部分向後方所延伸之中間的後方延伸部18b、以及從該後方延伸部18b的後端部分向下方所延伸之下側的下方延伸部18c。 The link 18 is formed in a substantially crank shape in a side view, and has an upper extension 18a located on the upper side and extending substantially in the up-down direction Z, and a middle rear extension 18b extending rearward from a lower end portion of the upper extension 18a. And a lower extension 18c extending downward from a rear end portion of the rear extension 18b.

而且,在連桿18之上側的上方延伸部18a,設置向大致上下方向Z所延伸並藉連桿軸15的升降所導引之第1導槽部21。 A first guide groove portion 21 is provided in the upper extension portion 18 a on the upper side of the link 18 and extends in the substantially vertical direction Z and is guided by the raising and lowering of the link shaft 15.

又,在連桿18之中間的後方延伸部18b,設置導引連桿18本身之動作的導孔22,在裝訂機本體5的側面16,突設與導孔22嵌合的導引突起部23。此導引突起部23係作成 在側面圖大致四角形。 Further, a guide hole 22 for guiding the operation of the link 18 itself is provided at the rear extension portion 18b in the middle of the link 18, and a guide protrusion 22 fitted into the guide hole 22 is protruded on the side surface 16 of the binding machine body 5. twenty three. This guide protrusion 23 is made Roughly quadrangular in side view.

又,在裝訂機本體5之側面16的後部,突設藉由連桿18的後緣部碰觸而限制向連桿18之後方的動作之限制用突起部24。此限制用突起部24係作成在側面圖大致四角形。 Further, a restricting protrusion 24 is provided on the rear portion of the side surface 16 of the binding machine body 5 so as to restrict the rearward movement of the link 18 when the rear edge portion of the link 18 contacts. The restricting protrusion 24 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape in a side view.

連桿18係藉其動作分別控制後述之2支軸25、26的動作。2支軸25、26係藉分別設置於連桿18之中間的後方延伸部18b及連桿18之下側的下方延伸部18c的第2導槽部27及第3導槽部28導引。此外,連桿18之後方延伸部18b的導孔22與第2導槽部27係連接,但是不是限定為此。 The link 18 controls the operations of the two shafts 25 and 26 to be described later by its operation. The two support shafts 25 and 26 are guided by the second guide groove portion 27 and the third guide groove portion 28 provided at the rear extension portion 18b in the middle of the link 18 and the lower extension portion 18c on the lower side of the link 18, respectively. In addition, the guide hole 22 of the rear extension 18b of the link 18 is connected to the second guide groove portion 27, but it is not limited to this.

進而,在連桿18,設置向第2導槽部27內突出並與連桿18之下降動作及轉動動作連動地向後方等推壓一方之軸25的推壓用突起部30。 Further, the link 18 is provided with a pressing protrusion 30 that protrudes into the second guide groove portion 27 and presses one of the shafts 25 to the rear in conjunction with the lowering operation and the turning operation of the link 18.

而,如第10圖之表示在寬度中心位置剖開裝訂機1之剖面的立體圖所示,在裝訂機本體5的後部,設置直接收容滾筒狀之連結針3的收容部31、與導引從連結針3之滾筒狀的部分所拉出之前端部的搬運路32。在收容部31與搬運路32的上側,拆裝自如地安裝覆蓋收容部31與搬運路32的裝訂針蓋33。 Furthermore, as shown in a perspective view of the cross-section of the binding machine 1 at the center of the width shown in FIG. 10, a storage portion 31 for directly receiving the roller-shaped connecting needle 3 and a guide follower are provided at the rear portion of the binding machine body 5. The roller-shaped portion of the connecting needle 3 is pulled out from the front end conveyance path 32. A binding needle cover 33 covering the storage portion 31 and the conveyance path 32 is detachably attached to the upper side of the storage portion 31 and the conveyance path 32.

而,在搬運路32的下側,設置可沿著搬運路32向前方(搬運方向)搬運從收容部31所收容之滾筒狀的連結針3所拉出之連結針3的前端部之搬運機構34。 Further, a conveying mechanism capable of conveying the forward end (conveying direction) of the connecting pin 3 pulled out from the cylindrical connecting pin 3 accommodated in the accommodating portion 31 along the conveying path 32 is provided below the conveying path 32. 34.

又,在搬運路32的前側,設置:裁斷成形機構35,係包括裁斷位於連結針3的前頭之非金屬針2的裁斷機構及對所裁斷之非金屬針2成形成字形之成形機構的兩功能;及貫 入機構37,係使可固持以裁斷成形機構35成形成字形的非金屬針2之左右一對的貫穿刃36升降,並將貫穿孔p1形成於用紙P。 A cutting forming mechanism 35 is provided on the front side of the conveying path 32. The cutting forming mechanism 35 includes a cutting mechanism for cutting the non-metallic needle 2 located at the front end of the connecting needle 3, and is formed by cutting the non-metallic needle 2. The two functions of the zigzag forming mechanism; and the penetration mechanism 37, which can be held to form the cutting mechanism 35 A pair of left and right penetrating blades 36 of the non-metal needle 2 in the shape of a letter are raised and lowered, and a penetrating hole p1 is formed in the paper P.

此外,搬運機構34係將連結針3向前進給僅非金屬針2的一支份量。又,裁斷成形機構35與貫入機構37係分別構成為位於與一支非金屬針2之前後方向X的尺寸大致相同的尺寸內。 In addition, the conveyance mechanism 34 advances the connecting needle 3 to only one portion of the non-metal needle 2. The cutting and forming mechanism 35 and the penetrating mechanism 37 are each configured so as to be located in a dimension substantially the same as the dimension X in the front-rear direction of one non-metal needle 2.

裁斷機構與成形機構係可作成分開的機構。又,裁斷成形機構35與貫入機構37係如後述所示,可將主要部進行一體化。貫穿刃36係作成向大致上下方向Z所延伸之金屬製。貫穿刃36係作成具有與非金屬針2之寬度(短邊方向的長度)大致相同的寬度,並被安裝成其面朝向與非金屬針2之針腳2b、2c相同的方向(即,對左右方向Y大致垂直的方向)。貫入機構37係被設置於用紙插入部8的位置。 The cutting mechanism and the forming mechanism are separate mechanisms. Further, the cutting and forming mechanism 35 and the penetrating mechanism 37 can integrate the main parts as described later. The penetrating blade 36 is made of metal that extends in the substantially vertical direction Z. The penetrating blade 36 is made to have substantially the same width as the width of the non-metallic needle 2 (length in the short-side direction), and is mounted so that its surface faces the same direction as the pins 2b and 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 (that is, left and right). The direction Y is substantially perpendicular). The penetrating mechanism 37 is provided at the position of the paper insertion portion 8.

而,在用紙插入部8的下側,設置將與貫穿刃36一起被插入貫穿孔p1並向用紙P之背面側所突出的非金屬針2之針腳2b、2c沿著用紙P之背面向內側折彎,且將左右的針腳2b、2c彼此相黏的折彎機構38。此外,上述之2支軸25、26係分別用以驅動搬運機構34與折彎機構38者。 On the lower side of the paper insertion portion 8, pins 2b, 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 to be inserted into the through hole p1 along with the penetrating blade 36 and project toward the back side of the paper P are provided inward along the back of the paper P A bending mechanism 38 that bends and sticks the left and right pins 2b and 2c to each other. In addition, the above-mentioned two supporting shafts 25 and 26 are used to drive the conveying mechanism 34 and the bending mechanism 38, respectively.

進而,在裝訂機本體5的下面,設置開口部41,在此開口部41,被安裝作成在發生非金屬針2之阻塞等時等以設置於後側的合葉部42為中心,向下方且後方轉動並可開閉的蓋部43。在蓋部43的前側,設置將蓋部43保持於閉狀態的上鎖部44。此外,亦可作成對蓋部43的內側分離地安裝上述 之折彎機構38的一部分。 Further, an opening portion 41 is provided below the binding machine body 5, and the opening portion 41 is installed so that the clogging portion 42 provided on the rear side is used as the center when the non-metal needle 2 is blocked or the like. Further, the lid portion 43 which can be opened and closed is rotated rearward. On the front side of the lid portion 43, a lock portion 44 that holds the lid portion 43 in a closed state is provided. Alternatively, the inside of the lid portion 43 may be separated and mounted as described above. Part of the bending mechanism 38.

而,使用非金屬針2之裝訂機1,藉由對操作把手6進行壓下操作,經由上述之連桿軸15,貫入機構37動作,進而,經由上述之連桿18,搬運機構34與折彎機構38與貫入機構37連動地動作。 Moreover, the binding machine 1 using the non-metal needle 2 presses the operation handle 6 to operate the penetrating mechanism 37 via the above-mentioned link shaft 15, and further, through the above-mentioned link 18, the carrying mechanism 34 and the folding mechanism The bending mechanism 38 operates in conjunction with the penetrating mechanism 37.

在此時,如第11圖所示,裝訂機1係藉4支彈簧進行回位動作等。 At this time, as shown in FIG. 11, the binding machine 1 performs a return operation by using four springs, and the like.

第1支係使操作把手6回位(向上方的備用位置回位)的把手回位彈簧45,第2支係在裝訂用紙P時,壓住非金屬針2之頂2a的壓頂彈簧46,第3支係設置於搬運機構34之推桿回位彈簧47,第4支係設置於折彎機構38之滑動構件回位彈簧48。 The first branch is a handle return spring 45 for returning the operation handle 6 (backward to the upper standby position), and the second branch is a pressing spring 46 that presses the top 2a of the non-metal needle 2 when binding the paper P, The third branch is provided on the pusher return spring 47 of the conveying mechanism 34, and the fourth branch is provided on the slide member return spring 48 of the bending mechanism 38.

其中,第1支之把手回位彈簧45係作成線圈部45a外嵌於該支軸13,一方之腕部45b被卡止於裝訂機本體5,另一方之腕部45c被卡止於金屬製之把手本體部12的扭轉線圈彈簧。此把手回位彈簧45係將金屬製之把手本體部12朝向往上方轉動之方向偏壓。 Among them, the first handle return spring 45 is formed with a coil portion 45a externally fitted on the support shaft 13, one wrist portion 45b is locked to the binding machine body 5, and the other wrist portion 45c is locked to a metal product. The torsion coil spring of the handle body portion 12. This handle return spring 45 biases the handle body portion 12 made of metal in a direction to rotate upward.

又,第2支之壓頂彈簧46係用以與裝訂用紙P的厚度對應地調整貫入機構37等之狀態,並作成向上下方向Z所延伸之線圈彈簧。第3支之推桿回位彈簧47與第4支之滑動構件回位彈簧48係分別作成向前後方向X所延伸之線圈彈簧。 The second pressing spring 46 is a coil spring that adjusts the state of the penetrating mechanism 37 and the like in accordance with the thickness of the binding sheet P, and forms a coil spring extending in the up-down direction Z. The third push rod return spring 47 and the fourth push member return spring 48 are coil springs extending in the front-rear direction X, respectively.

以上是裝訂機之整體的構成。 The above is the overall configuration of the binding machine.

<裝訂機1之各部的構成> <Configuration of Parts of the Binding Machine 1>

其次,依序說明本實施例之裝訂機1之各部的特徵。 Next, the features of each part of the binding machine 1 of this embodiment will be described in order.

[關於操作把手6] [About the operating handle 6]

(構成1)本實施例之裝訂機1係包括:裝訂機本體5,係可載置用紙P之用紙載置部(用紙座7)被設置於一端側(在本實施例係前端側),並具有將貫穿孔p1形成於被載置於此用紙載置部(用紙座7)之用紙P並使從另一端側(在本實施例係後端側)所供給之非金屬針2向該貫穿孔p1貫入的貫入機構37;及 操作把手6,係與該裝訂機本體5的該一端側連接,並具有可進行推入操作的把手操作部11。 (Composition 1) The binding machine 1 of the present embodiment includes a binding machine body 5, and a paper mounting portion (paper holder 7) on which the paper P can be placed is provided on one end side (on the front end side in this embodiment), A through-hole p1 is formed in the paper P placed on the paper mounting portion (paper holder 7), and the non-metal needle 2 supplied from the other end side (the rear end side in this embodiment) is directed toward the paper. A penetration mechanism 37 penetrated by the penetration hole p1; and The operation handle 6 is connected to the one end side of the binding machine body 5 and includes a handle operation portion 11 capable of pushing in.

該貫入機構37構成為與該操作把手6的推入操作連動地將貫穿孔p1形成於被載置於此用紙載置部(用紙座7)之用紙P並使非金屬針2貫入。 The penetrating mechanism 37 is configured to form a through hole p1 in the paper P placed on the paper mounting portion (paper holder 7) and to pass the non-metal needle 2 in conjunction with the pushing operation of the operation handle 6.

該把手操作部11係形成為從該裝訂機本體5的該一端側向另一端側延伸。 The handle operation portion 11 is formed to extend from the one end side to the other end side of the binding machine body 5.

(作用效果1)如上述所示,對操作把手6的把手操作部11採用從該裝訂機本體5的前端側(一端側)向後端側(另一端側)延伸。藉此,裝訂機本體5係可作成以裝訂機本體5的另一端部(後部)承受對操作把手6(向下方)進行推入操作時之反作用力。 (Effect 1) As described above, the handle operation portion 11 of the operation handle 6 is extended from the front end side (one end side) to the rear end side (the other end side) of the binding machine body 5. Thereby, the binding machine main body 5 can be made so that the other end part (rear part) of the binding machine main body 5 receives the reaction force when pushing the operation handle 6 (downward).

(構成2)在該裝訂機本體5的該另一端側,設置收容非金屬針2的收容部31。 (Configuration 2) On the other end side of the binding machine main body 5, a storage portion 31 for accommodating the non-metal needle 2 is provided.

(作用效果2)作成在裝訂機本體5的後部,設置用以供給非金屬針2之構造(例如,收容部31或搬運路32等)。藉此,藉收容部31等,可確保對操作把手6(向下方)進行推入 操作時之反作用力的承受部。因此,(為了承受該反作用力)即使不使裝訂機本體5的後部變成特別地大,亦在原本之狀態可穩定地承受該反作用力,而可使裝訂機本體5小形化該程度。 (Operation Effect 2) A structure (for example, the accommodating portion 31 or the conveying path 32) for supplying the non-metallic needle 2 is provided at the rear portion of the binding machine body 5. By this means, it is possible to securely push the operation handle 6 (downward) by the accommodation portion 31 and the like. Receiving part of reaction force during operation. Therefore, even if the rear portion of the binding machine body 5 does not become particularly large (in order to withstand the reaction force), the reaction force can be stably received in the original state, and the binding machine body 5 can be miniaturized to this extent.

相對地,例如在對操作把手6採用從裝訂機本體5的後端側(另一端側)向前端側(一端側)延伸的情況,為了防止裝訂機本體5之顛倒,必須將用以承受對操作把手6(向下方)進行推入操作時之反作用力的部分(例如V字形之支撐腳部等)設置成對裝訂機本體5的前部向前側突出,而裝訂機本體5變成大形。因此,對操作把手6採用從裝訂機本體5的前端側(一端側)向後端側(另一端側)延伸,這係在使裝訂機本體5變成小形上在構造上有利。 In contrast, for example, when the operation handle 6 is extended from the rear end side (the other end side) to the front end side (the one end side) of the binding machine body 5, in order to prevent the binding machine body 5 from being turned upside down, The reaction force (for example, a V-shaped support leg) when the operation handle 6 (downward) is pushed in is provided to protrude forward from the front of the binding machine body 5, and the binding machine body 5 becomes large. Therefore, the operation handle 6 is extended from the front end side (one end side) to the rear end side (the other end side) of the binding machine body 5, which is advantageous in terms of structure in that the binding machine body 5 is made small.

(構成3)該操作把手6係與裝訂機本體5之和該用紙載置部(用紙座7)(在上下)相對向的位置連接。 (Composition 3) The operation handle 6 is connected to a position facing the paper loading section (paper holder 7) (upper and lower) of the binding machine body 5 and the binding machine body 5.

(作用效果3)藉由將操作把手6配置於該裝訂機本體5之與用紙載置部(用紙座7)重複的位置,可對裝訂機本體5小巧地設置操作把手6。 (Effect 3) By disposing the operation handle 6 at a position overlapping the paper loading portion (paper holder 7) of the binding machine body 5, the operation handle 6 can be compactly provided to the binding machine body 5.

(構成4)該操作把手6係在該裝訂機本體5被安裝成可轉動。 (Configuration 4) The operation handle 6 is attached to the binding machine body 5 so as to be rotatable.

而且,該把手操作部11構成為在進行推入操作時,以設置於該裝訂機本體5之支軸13為中心轉動。 The handle operation unit 11 is configured to rotate around a support shaft 13 provided in the binding machine body 5 when performing a push-in operation.

(作用效果4)藉由將操作把手6在該裝訂機本體5被安裝成可轉動,可利用槓桿原理,能以小的輸入得到大的輸出。藉此,可簡單地操作裝訂機1。 (Effect 4) The operation handle 6 is rotatably mounted on the binding machine body 5. The lever principle can be used to obtain a large output with a small input. Thereby, the binding machine 1 can be easily operated.

(構成5)該把手操作部11構成為隨著從該裝訂機 本體5的該一端側往該另一端側以上升斜率(在本實施例係後上升)傾斜地延伸,且在對把手操作部11進行推入操作時,以設置於該裝訂機本體5之支軸13為中心另一端側上下地動作(在本實施例係後端部下降及上升)。 (Composition 5) The handle operation section 11 is configured to follow the binding machine The one end side of the main body 5 extends obliquely toward the other end side with a rising slope (rising up in the present embodiment), and when the handle operation portion 11 is pushed in, it is set on a support shaft of the binding machine body 5 13 is the center of the other end of the vertical movement (down and up in the rear end).

(作用效果5)根據該構成,因為隨著向下方推入操作把手6,從支軸13至(用以使貫入機構37動作之)連桿軸15(作用點)之前後方向X的長度、與從支軸13至操作把手6之與支軸13係相反側的端部(力點)之前後方向X的長度逐漸變長,所以在操作把手6之下限位置的周邊,可得到更大的輸出。 (Effective effect 5) According to this configuration, as the operating handle 6 is pushed downward, the length from the support shaft 13 to (for operating the penetrating mechanism 37) the link shaft 15 (action point) in the front-rear direction X, The length from the fulcrum 13 to the end (force point) on the opposite side of the fulcrum 13 from the support shaft 13 is gradually longer in the front-rear direction X, so a larger area around the lower limit position of the operation handle 6 can be obtained. Output.

(構成6)對該裝訂機本體5軸支在該操作把手6之位於該裝訂機本體5的一端側之端部(在本實施例係前端部)的支軸13被設置於比該貫入機構37更靠近一端側(在本實施例係前側)。 (Composition 6) A support shaft 13 of the binding machine main body 5 is supported on the end of the operating handle 6 on the one end side of the binding machine main body 5 (a front end portion in this embodiment). 37 is closer to one end side (on the front side in this embodiment).

(作用效果6)如上述所示,作成將對裝訂機本體5軸支操作把手6之前端部的支軸13設置於比貫入機構37更靠近前側的位置。藉此,因為可將根據從支軸13至(用以使貫入機構37動作之)連桿軸15(作用點)的長度、與從支軸13至操作把手6之與支軸13相反方向之端部(力點)的長度而定的槓桿比取大,所以以更小之輸入可得到更大的輸出。 (Effective effect 6) As described above, the support shaft 13 for supporting the front end of the 5-axis support operation handle 6 of the binding machine body is set to be located closer to the front side than the penetration mechanism 37. This is because the length from the fulcrum 13 to the link shaft 15 (the point of action) to actuate the penetrating mechanism 37 and the direction opposite to the fulcrum 13 from the fulcrum 13 to the operating handle 6 can be adjusted. The leverage ratio depends on the length of the end (point of force), so a smaller input can get a larger output.

(構成7)在該裝訂機本體5之該另一端側下部(在本實施例係後端側下部),設置止滑構件10。 (Structure 7) A slip-stop member 10 is provided on the other end lower portion of the binding machine body 5 (in the present embodiment, the rear end lower portion).

而且,作成使該操作把手6向下倒入時之在操作把手6之位於該裝訂機本體5之另一端側的端部(在本實施例係後端部) 不會比該止滑構件10更向另一端側(在本實施例係後端側)突出的長度。 Furthermore, an end portion of the operation handle 6 on the other end side of the binding machine body 5 when the operation handle 6 is poured downward is prepared (a rear end portion in this embodiment) A length that does not protrude further than the anti-slip member 10 toward the other end side (on the rear end side in this embodiment).

(作用效果7)在裝訂機本體5的後端側下部(底部),設置止滑構件10,藉此,在使操作把手6向下倒入時,可作成裝訂機本體5不會向後移動。此外,止滑構件10係亦可對裝訂機本體5之前端側下部(底部)設置。在止滑構件10,可使用橡膠或彈性體或軟木等之摩擦阻力大的材料。而且,作成使操作把手6向下倒入時之操作把手6的後端部不會比該止滑構件10更向後側突出或超出的長度。藉此,在使操作把手6向下倒入時,可使裝訂機本體5變成穩定。 (Effect 7) The lower end (bottom) of the rear end side of the binding machine body 5 is provided with a slip prevention member 10, so that the binding machine body 5 does not move backward when the operation handle 6 is poured downward. In addition, the anti-slip member 10 may be provided at the lower portion (bottom) of the front end side of the binding machine body 5. As the anti-slip member 10, a material having high frictional resistance such as rubber, elastomer, or cork can be used. In addition, the rear end portion of the operation handle 6 when the operation handle 6 is poured downward is made to have a length that does not protrude or exceed the rear side of the anti-slip member 10. Thereby, when the operation handle 6 is poured down, the binding machine body 5 can be stabilized.

[關於搬運路32] [About Carrying Road 32]

如第12圖(亦一併參照第13圖)所示,上述之搬運路32係被設置於裝訂機本體5的後部,並藉如第14圖所示之搬運路構成構件51所構成。此搬運路構成構件51係主要由作成大致水平面的搬運路32所構成,在此搬運路32的前端部,具有向上方直立之縱壁部52,且在搬運路32的兩端部具有向上方直立之側壁部53。 As shown in FIG. 12 (refer also to FIG. 13 together), the above-mentioned conveying path 32 is provided at the rear of the binding machine body 5 and is constituted by the conveying path constituting member 51 as shown in FIG. 14. The conveying path constituting member 51 is mainly composed of a conveying path 32 which is formed in a substantially horizontal plane. A front end portion of the conveying path 32 has vertical wall portions 52 standing upright, and both ends of the conveying path 32 have upwards.立 立 的 侧 部 部 53。 Upright side wall portion 53.

而,在搬運路構成構件51之上述之縱壁部52的下緣部(之與搬運路32之前緣部的邊界部分),設置用以使連結針3之前端部穿過的穿針口54。此穿針口54係作成具有與連結針3之寬度尺寸大致相同或比其更稍寬之寬度尺寸、及與連結針3的厚度大致相同之高度或比其更稍高之上下尺寸的橫向長狹縫狀。 The lower edge portion of the vertical wall portion 52 (a boundary portion with the front edge portion of the conveyance path 32) of the conveyance path constituting member 51 is provided with a needle insertion port 54 for passing the front end of the connection needle 3 therethrough. . This pin opening 54 is formed to have a width dimension that is approximately the same as or slightly wider than the width dimension of the connection pin 3, and has a width that is approximately the same as or slightly higher than the thickness of the connection pin 3. Slit-like.

在此穿針口54的上側,一體地設置比穿針口54 寬度更窄且高度更高的第1凹部55、與比此第1凹部55寬度更窄且高度更高的第2凹部56。其中,第1凹部55係作成具有與非金屬針2或連結針3之左右一對的孔部4之間隔大致相等或比其更大的寬度尺寸。又,第2凹部56係作成具有與非金屬針2之頂2a的寬度大致相等或比其更大的寬度尺寸。 On the upper side of the needle insertion port 54, a needle insertion hole 54 is integrally provided. The first recessed portion 55 having a narrower width and higher height, and the second recessed portion 56 having a narrower width and higher height than the first recessed portion 55. Among them, the first recessed portion 55 is formed to have a width dimension substantially equal to or larger than the interval between the left and right pair of hole portions 4 of the non-metallic needle 2 or the connecting needle 3. The second recessed portion 56 is formed to have a width dimension substantially equal to or larger than the width of the top 2 a of the non-metallic needle 2.

而,在搬運路32的前側,在與非金屬針2或連結針3之左右一對的孔部4一致的位置,設置向前後方向所延伸之左右一對的狹縫部57。 On the front side of the conveyance path 32, a pair of left and right slit portions 57 extending forward and backward are provided at positions corresponding to the left and right pair of hole portions 4 of the non-metal needle 2 or the connecting needle 3.

進而,在搬運路32的前側之左右一對的狹縫部57之間的位置,突設在與搬運路32同一面之狀態向前方所延伸之承受座58。此承受座58係具有與頂2a大致相同的寬度尺寸,並被插入上述之裁斷成形機構35的內部,在以裁斷成形機構35將非金屬針2成形成字形時,從下支撐非金屬針2的頂2a。承受座58係被作成在正面圖為倒梯形形狀。 Further, at a position between the pair of left and right slit portions 57 on the front side of the conveyance path 32, a receiving seat 58 is provided so as to extend forward with the same surface as the conveyance path 32. This receiving seat 58 has the same width dimension as the top 2a, and is inserted into the above-mentioned cutting and forming mechanism 35. The non-metallic needle 2 is formed by the cutting and forming mechanism 35. In the shape of a letter, the top 2a of the non-metallic needle 2 is supported from below. The receiving seat 58 is formed in an inverted trapezoidal shape in a front view.

[關於搬運機構34] [About the transport mechanism 34]

如第15圖、第16圖所示,上述之搬運機構34係被設置於搬運路32的下側,搬運機構34係主要由如第17圖所示推桿61所構成。 As shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the above-mentioned conveying mechanism 34 is provided below the conveying path 32, and the conveying mechanism 34 is mainly composed of a pusher 61 as shown in FIG. 17.

此推桿61係在其兩側部,設置向大致前方所延伸之左右一對的進給爪62。如第18圖、第19圖所示,此進給爪62係從下側向非金屬針2或連結針3的孔部4(進給孔)穿過,並用以向前方進給連結針3者。此進給爪62係可在上下方向Z產生彈性變形。為了提高進給爪62之對上下方向Z的彈性變形性能,進給爪62係基部一度向上方直立後,向前方延伸。 此外,在第14圖的搬運路構成構件51(之縱壁部52)之穿針口54的第1凹部55具有用以避免與此進給爪62之干涉的高度。 The pusher 61 is provided on both sides thereof, and is provided with a pair of left and right feeding claws 62 extending substantially forward. As shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 19, the feeding claw 62 is passed from the lower side to the hole portion 4 (feed hole) of the non-metal needle 2 or the connecting needle 3, and is used to feed the connecting needle 3 forward. By. The feed claw 62 is elastically deformable in the vertical direction Z. In order to improve the elastic deformation performance of the feed claw 62 in the up-down direction Z, the base of the feed claw 62 once stood upright and extended forward. In addition, the first recessed portion 55 of the needle insertion hole 54 in the conveying path constituting member 51 (the vertical wall portion 52) of FIG. 14 has a height to avoid interference with the feeding claw 62.

又,推桿61係在其前面,如在第20圖~第22圖依序所示,設置向貫入機構37之左右一對的貫穿刃36之間進給以裁斷成形機構35裁斷並被成形成字形的非金屬針2的推壓面63(參照第18圖)。此推壓面63係從該搬運路32的前部向在前側所突設之承受座58的下側出入,並為了與作成在正面圖倒梯形的承受座58一致,而具有被切掉成在正面圖倒梯形的凹形狀(參照第26圖)。 In addition, the pusher 61 is located in front of it, and as shown in FIG. 20 to FIG. 22 in this order, a feed is provided between a pair of penetrating blades 36 on the left and right of the penetrating mechanism 37, and the cutting and forming mechanism 35 is cut and formed. form The pressing surface 63 of the non-metal needle 2 in a zigzag shape (see FIG. 18). The pressing surface 63 enters and exits from the front portion of the conveying path 32 to the lower side of the receiving seat 58 protruding from the front side, and has a cut-out to match the receiving seat 58 formed in an inverted trapezoid shape in the front view. Inverted trapezoidal concave shape in front view (see Figure 26).

而且,此推桿61係對裝訂機本體5被收容設置成向前後方向X移動自如,且藉被插裝於推桿61的後部與裝訂機本體5之間的該推桿回位彈簧47總是向前方被偏壓。 In addition, the pusher 61 is configured to accommodate the binding machine body 5 to move forward and backward in the direction X, and is provided by the pusher return spring 47 inserted between the rear portion of the pusher 61 and the binding machine body 5. Is biased forward.

在推桿61的下部,上述之2支軸25、26中的一方(推桿驅動軸(軸25),參照第9圖)具有被配置成在左右方向Y貫穿的軸孔64,藉由此推桿驅動軸(軸25)被設置於該連桿18的第2導槽部27導引,而在抵抗推桿回位彈簧47之彈力下向前後方向X移動。 In the lower part of the push rod 61, one of the above-mentioned two shafts 25 and 26 (the push rod drive shaft (axis 25), see FIG. 9) has a shaft hole 64 arranged so as to penetrate in the left-right direction Y. The push rod drive shaft (shaft 25) is guided by the second guide groove portion 27 provided in the link 18, and moves forward and backward in the direction X against the elastic force of the push rod return spring 47.

進而,在此推桿61的兩側部,一體地設置向左右方向Y所延伸之一對導臂65。此導臂65係被作成可在上下方向Z產生彈性變形。此導臂65沿著設置於裝訂機本體5之後部(之第2導槽部27周邊的位置)的導引部66(參照第42B圖)移動。 Furthermore, a pair of guide arms 65 extending in the left-right direction Y are integrally provided on both sides of the push rod 61. The guide arm 65 is formed to be elastically deformable in the vertical direction Z. This guide arm 65 moves along a guide portion 66 (refer to FIG. 42B) provided at the rear portion of the binding machine body 5 (a position around the second guide groove portion 27).

在此導引部66,向上突設卡止用小凸部67,在操作把手6之壓下時,導臂65卡止於卡止用小凸部67的後部, 藉此,推桿61在抵抗推桿回位彈簧47之偏壓力並後退之狀態被上鎖。卡止用小凸部67,係在前側具有後斜上的傾斜面67a,且在後側具有在上下方向Z所延伸之卡止面67b。 Here, the guide portion 66 protrudes upward from the locking small convex portion 67. When the operating handle 6 is pressed down, the guide arm 65 is locked to the rear portion of the locking small convex portion 67. With this, the push rod 61 is locked in a state where it resists the biasing force of the push rod return spring 47 and retracts. The small locking portion 67 for locking has an inclined surface 67a which is slanted upward on the front side and a locking surface 67b extending in the vertical direction Z on the rear side.

而且,如後述所示,在操作把手6之回位時,該連桿18上升,藉此,以第2導槽部27的下緣部抬高導臂65,而推桿61的導臂65脫離卡止用小凸部67的卡止面67b,而解除上鎖,推桿61藉推桿回位彈簧47的偏壓力向前方移動。 As described later, when the operation handle 6 is returned, the link 18 is raised, thereby raising the guide arm 65 by the lower edge portion of the second guide groove portion 27 and the guide arm 65 of the push rod 61. The latch 61 is released from the latching surface 67 b of the latching small projection 67, and the push rod 61 is moved forward by the biasing force of the push rod return spring 47.

在此時,推桿61係向前後方向X移動僅非金屬針2之一支份量的距離。而且,如第15圖所示,作成在從連結針3之前第1支(前頭)的非金屬針2被安裝於裁斷成形機構35內之狀態,在推桿61前進時,進給爪62向從連結針3之前第1個孔部4進入,在推桿61後退時,進給爪62向從連結針3之前第2個孔部4移動。藉此,至最後的一支非金屬針2可向裁斷成形機構35進給。此外,最後的一支非金屬針2係在以裁斷成形機構35成形成字形後,不是藉進給爪62,而是藉推桿61的推壓面63向貫入機構37之左右一對的貫穿刃36之間進給。又,雖未特別圖示,在貫入機構37的前側,設置用以限制成藉推桿61所進給之非金屬針2不會從貫入機構37向前方飛出的止動器部。 At this time, the push rod 61 is moved by a distance of only one branch of the non-metal needle 2 in the front-rear direction X. Further, as shown in FIG. 15, a state in which the first (front) non-metallic needle 2 is mounted in the cutting and forming mechanism 35 before the connecting needle 3 is formed, and when the pusher 61 advances, the feed claw 62 moves toward It enters from the 1st hole part 4 before the connection pin 3, and when the pusher 61 retracts, the feed claw 62 moves to the 2nd hole part 4 before the connection pin 3. Thereby, the last non-metal needle 2 can be fed to the cutting and forming mechanism 35. In addition, the last non-metallic needle 2 is formed by a cutting and forming mechanism 35. After the shape, the feeding claw 62 is not borrowed, but the pressing surface 63 of the pusher 61 is fed between the pair of penetrating blades 36 on the left and right of the penetrating mechanism 37. Also, although not particularly shown, a stopper portion is provided on the front side of the penetrating mechanism 37 to restrict the non-metal needle 2 fed by the push rod 61 from flying out from the penetrating mechanism 37.

[關於裝訂針蓋33] [About Staple Cover 33]

如第23圖、第24圖所示,上述之裝訂針蓋33係對裝訂機本體5之後部的收容部31及搬運路32的上側被安裝成可拆裝。 As shown in FIGS. 23 and 24, the above-mentioned binding needle cover 33 is detachably attached to the upper portion of the storage portion 31 and the conveyance path 32 of the rear portion of the binding machine body 5.

在裝訂針蓋33的側面,設置安裝用突起部33a。 此安裝用突起部33a係藉由向設置於裝訂機本體5之側面16的安裝用孔部16a(參照第9圖)進入,將裝訂針蓋33卡止固定於裝訂機本體5。安裝用突起部33a構成為藉由對準安裝用孔部16a之後側的緣部,可進行連結針3之正確的定位(後對準)。因此,安裝用孔部16a係為了對安裝用突起部33a定位,而作成在前後方向X具有一些間隙。 A mounting protrusion 33 a is provided on a side surface of the staple cover 33. The mounting protrusion 33 a is inserted into the mounting hole 16 a (see FIG. 9) provided on the side surface 16 of the binding machine body 5 to lock and fix the binding needle cover 33 to the binding machine body 5. The mounting protrusion 33a is configured to align the rear pin 3 with the edge portion on the rear side of the mounting hole 16a, so that the pin 3 can be accurately positioned (back-aligned). Therefore, the mounting hole portion 16a is formed to have some clearance in the front-rear direction X in order to position the mounting projection portion 33a.

裝訂針蓋33係主要由如第25圖所示之具有上面與左右的兩側面之透明的樹脂所構成。而且,該裝訂針蓋33係在其前端側,突設向前方突出的針保護用突起部71。此針保護用突起部71係如第26圖所示,與搬運路32之承受座58對應地被設置於承受座58的上方。 The staple cover 33 is mainly made of a transparent resin having an upper surface and left and right side surfaces as shown in FIG. 25. In addition, the binding needle cover 33 is provided on a front end side thereof, and a protruding portion 71 for protecting the needle that projects forward is protruded. As shown in FIG. 26, the needle protection protrusion 71 is provided above the receiving seat 58 in correspondence with the receiving seat 58 of the conveyance path 32.

針保護用突起部71係作成具有與非金屬針2之頂2a相同或比其小的寬度尺寸,並被插入裁斷成形機構35的內部,在以裁斷成形機構35將非金屬針2成形成字形時,從上覆蓋非金屬針2的頂2a,加以保護。針保護用突起部71係穿過在搬運路構成構件51的縱壁部52之穿針口54之上側的第2凹部56,並被配置於裁斷成形機構35內。此外,在搬運路構成構件51之穿針口54的第2凹部56具有可插入此針保護用突起部71的高度。 The needle protection protrusion 71 is formed to have the same or smaller width dimension as the top 2a of the non-metallic needle 2 and is inserted into the cutting and forming mechanism 35. The non-metallic needle 2 is formed by the cutting and forming mechanism 35. In the shape of a font, the top 2a of the non-metallic needle 2 is covered from above to protect it. The needle protection protrusion 71 passes through the second recessed portion 56 on the upper side of the needle opening 54 of the vertical wall portion 52 of the conveyance path constituent member 51, and is disposed in the cutting and forming mechanism 35. In addition, the second recessed portion 56 of the needle insertion hole 54 of the conveyance path constituent member 51 has a height that can be inserted into the needle protection protrusion 71.

而且,在搬運路構成構件51的承受座58與裝訂針蓋33的針保護用突起部71之間,設置非金屬針2或連結針3通過之窄的間隙。在針保護用突起部71的前端部,一體地突設可與設置於裁斷成形機構35之導槽嵌合之上下的導引突起71a(參照第25圖)。 Further, a narrow gap is provided between the receiving seat 58 of the conveyance path constituent member 51 and the needle protection protrusion 71 of the binding needle cover 33 through which the non-metallic needle 2 or the connecting needle 3 passes. A guide protrusion 71 a (see FIG. 25) is integrally provided on the front end portion of the needle protection protrusion portion 71 so as to fit up and down with a guide groove provided in the cutting and forming mechanism 35.

又,如第27圖、第27A圖所示(亦一併參照第30圖),在裝訂針蓋33之前側的上部,為了從上側輕壓連結針3且防止連結針3之向後的回位而設置第1止回爪72。在此情況,第1止回爪72係為了從上側向連結針3之左右的孔部4插入而設置左右一對。第1止回爪72係作成與裝訂針蓋33一體並各自獨立之樹脂製的彈性爪,且不會對連結針3的上面賦與過大的推壓力。第1止回爪72係對向前方所延伸之臂的前端包括爪部,該爪部係在前側具有向上下方向Z所延伸之卡止面72a,並在後側具有前下降的斜面72b。 In addition, as shown in FIGS. 27 and 27A (also refer to FIG. 30 together), in the upper part of the front side of the staple cover 33, in order to lightly press the connecting needle 3 from the upper side and prevent the backward return of the connecting needle 3 A first check pawl 72 is provided. In this case, the first check pawl 72 is provided with a pair of left and right for inserting the left and right hole portions 4 of the connecting pin 3 from the upper side. The first non-return claws 72 are made of resin elastic claws that are integrated with the binding needle cover 33 and are independent of each other, and do not apply excessive pressing force to the upper surface of the connecting needle 3. The first non-return claw 72 includes a claw portion at the front end of the arm extending forward, and the claw portion has a locking surface 72a extending in the up-down direction Z on the front side, and a slope 72b that descends forward on the rear side.

此外,如第28圖、第29圖所示(亦一併參照第30圖),在左右一對的第1止回爪72之間(連結針3之左右方向Y之中央部的位置),設置第2止回爪73,該第2止回爪73係從上側輕壓連結針3,且在連結針3之剩下變少時,用以切換成第1止回爪72。第2止回爪73係在比第1止回爪72更前面之狀態所配置。第2止回爪73係作成與裝訂針蓋33一體之獨立之樹脂製的彈性爪,且不會對連結針3的上面賦與過大的推壓力。第2止回爪73係對向前方所延伸之臂的前端包括爪部,該爪部係在前側具有向上下方向Z所延伸之卡止面73a,並在後側具有前下降的斜面73b。在此情況,第2止回爪73係被配置於比第1止回爪72更向前側僅非金屬針2之前後方向X之一支份量長度的位置。 In addition, as shown in FIGS. 28 and 29 (also refer to FIG. 30 together), between the left and right pair of first check pawls 72 (the position of the center portion of the connecting needle 3 in the left-right direction Y), A second check pawl 73 is provided. The second check pawl 73 is used to lightly press the connecting pin 3 from the upper side, and is used to switch to the first check pawl 72 when the remaining amount of the connecting pin 3 is reduced. The second check pawl 73 is disposed in a state more forward than the first check pawl 72. The second non-return claw 73 is made of a resin elastic claw that is integrated with the binding needle cover 33, and does not apply an excessive pressing force to the upper surface of the connecting needle 3. The second non-return claw 73 includes a claw portion at the front end of the arm extending forward, and the claw portion has a locking surface 73a extending in the up-down direction Z on the front side, and a slope 73b that descends forward on the rear side. In this case, the second check pawl 73 is disposed at a position that is one branch length of the non-metal needle 2 in the front-rear direction X on the front side than the first check pawl 72.

進而,如第31圖所示(亦一併參照第25圖),裝訂針蓋33係對其前端部分的兩側部,包括在對裝訂機1安裝時,沿著設置於裝訂機1(裝訂機本體5及本體蓋9)的蓋導件75所 導引之導引突起76。 Further, as shown in FIG. 31 (refer also to FIG. 25 together), the binding needle cover 33 is provided on both sides of the front end portion thereof, and is included along with the binding machine 1 (binding when the binding machine 1 is mounted). Cover guides 75 of the machine body 5 and body cover 9) 引 的 导 突 76。 The guide projection 76.

裝訂針蓋33係對裝訂機1安裝成從後側向前側移動(蓋安裝方向),蓋導件75及導引突起76係為了導引此安裝所設置。在此時,蓋導件75係作成非一直線狀的槽狀(導槽)。即,作成槽狀之蓋導件75的下部77係在近側(後側)的位置具有大致水平的橫移部77a,在橫移部77a的內側(前側)具有前下降的傾斜部77b,並在前下降的傾斜部77b的內側(前側)具有大致水平的就座部77c。 The binding needle cover 33 is mounted to the binding machine 1 so as to move from the rear side to the front side (cover mounting direction), and the cover guide 75 and the guide protrusion 76 are provided to guide this mounting. At this time, the cover guide 75 is formed into a non-linear groove shape (guide groove). That is, the lower portion 77 of the groove-shaped cover guide 75 has a substantially horizontal traverse portion 77a at the near side (rear side), and has a downwardly inclined portion 77b inside (front side) of the traverse portion 77a. A substantially horizontal seating portion 77c is provided on the inner side (front side) of the inclined portion 77b that descends forward.

又,導引突起76係作成具有在將裝訂針蓋33安裝於裝訂機1之狀態與前下降的傾斜部77b一致之前下降的傾斜形狀。在導引突起76的前端部,設置在將裝訂針蓋33安裝於裝訂機1時以線接觸狀態與就座部77c抵接(就座)之大致水平的就座面76a。 The guide protrusion 76 has an inclined shape that is lowered before the state in which the binding needle cover 33 is attached to the binding machine 1 coincides with the inclined portion 77b lowered forward. A substantially horizontal seating surface 76a is provided at a front end portion of the guide protrusion 76 when the binding needle cover 33 is attached to the binding machine 1 in a linear contact state with the seating portion 77c (seat).

而且,作成槽狀之蓋導件75的上部78係作成在近側(後側)具有前下降的導入錐部78a,在導入錐部78a的內側具有與橫移部77a(下部橫移部)大致平行的橫移部78b(上部橫移部),在橫移部78b之內側具有傾斜部77b大致平行的傾斜部78c,在傾斜部78c之內側具有與就座部77c大致平行的終端部78d。 Furthermore, the upper part 78 of the cover guide 75 formed in a groove shape has an introduction tapered portion 78a that descends forward on the near side (rear side), and has a traverse portion 77a (lower traverse portion) inside the introduction tapered portion 78a. A substantially parallel traverse portion 78b (upper traverse portion) has a slanted portion 77b on the inner side of the traverse portion 78b, a substantially parallel slanted portion 78c, and a terminal portion 78d on the inner side of the slanted portion 78c that is substantially parallel to the seating portion 77c. .

而且,如第31圖(a)所示,入口側的橫移部77a與導入錐部78a之間係為了將裝訂針蓋33設定成前下降之狀態而可斜插入,作成如從寬狀態往前側逐漸地變窄的漸縮槽部。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 31 (a), the entry side traverse portion 77a and the introduction cone portion 78a can be inserted obliquely in order to set the stapling needle cover 33 in a forward lowered state, and make it as wide as possible. A tapered groove portion that gradually narrows on the front side.

又,中間的橫移部77a與橫移部78b之間係為了若不將裝訂針蓋33之姿勢從如第31圖(a)所示之斜前下降之狀 態變更成如第31圖(b)所示之水平狀態就無法進入,成為比將裝訂針蓋33設定成前下降狀態時之導引突起76之上下方向Z的高度更窄之間隔79a的橫移槽部。此外,蓋導件75之入口側(的漸縮槽部)係為了成為此間隔79a,成為高度尺寸逐漸縮小。 In addition, the middle traverse portion 77a and the traverse portion 78b are arranged so that the posture of the staple cover 33 is not lowered obliquely from the front as shown in FIG. 31 (a). When the state is changed to the horizontal state as shown in FIG. 31 (b), it is impossible to enter, and becomes a horizontal interval 79a narrower than the height of the guide projection 76 in the up-down direction Z when the staple cover 33 is set to the forward lowered state. Move the groove section. In addition, the entrance side (the tapered groove portion) of the cover guide 75 is gradually reduced in height to become the interval 79a.

進而,如第31圖(b)所示靠內側之傾斜部77b與傾斜部78c之間係為了大致水平狀態之裝訂針蓋33照樣沿著傾斜部77b向下落入,成為與導引突起76本身的厚度大致相同之間隔79b的下降傾斜槽部。 Further, as shown in FIG. 31 (b), the stapling needle cover 33 between the inwardly inclined portion 77b and the inclined portion 78c is in a substantially horizontal state, and then falls down along the inclined portion 77b to become the guide protrusion 76 itself. The thickness of the descending inclined grooves is approximately the same at intervals of 79b.

最後,如第31圖(c)所示,內側的就座部77c與終端部78d之間係為了可在已安裝裝訂針蓋33之狀態對導引突起76在上下方向Z大致進行位置限制,成為與將裝訂針蓋33設定成水平狀態時之傾斜的導引突起76之上下方向Z的高度更大致相同之間隔79c的固持槽部。 Finally, as shown in FIG. 31 (c), the position between the inner seating portion 77c and the terminal portion 78d is such that the position of the guide protrusion 76 in the up-down direction Z can be restricted in a state where the staple cover 33 is installed. The holding groove portion is a holding groove portion at a distance of 79c which is substantially the same as the height of the guide protrusion 76 inclined in the up-down direction Z when the staple cover 33 is set to a horizontal state.

依此方式,在內側,藉由裝訂針蓋33就座成向下落入,在將裝訂針蓋33安裝於裝訂機1時,例如,可防止因從裝訂針蓋33之前端的針保護用突起部71所突出的導引突起71a、或第1止回爪72的卡止面72a、或第2止回爪73的卡止面73a向前摩擦連結針3的上面,而以導引突起71a強迫連結針3向前移動的不良。 In this way, when the binding needle cover 33 is seated into the inside and dropped into the inside, when the binding needle cover 33 is mounted on the binding machine 1, for example, the protrusion for protecting the needle from the front end of the binding needle cover 33 can be prevented. The guide protrusion 71a protruding from 71, the locking surface 72a of the first check pawl 72, or the locking surface 73a of the second check pawl 73 rubs the upper surface of the connecting needle 3 forward, and is forced by the guide protrusion 71a Defective movement of the connecting needle 3 forward.

[關於連結針3之定位構造] [Regarding the positioning structure of the connecting pin 3]

在以裁斷機構(或裁斷成形機構35)將連結針3裁斷成各一支的非金屬針2時,需要高精地決定裁斷位置。因此,對連結針3正確地進行定位成為極重要。 When the connecting needles 3 are cut into individual non-metal needles 2 by a cutting mechanism (or a cutting forming mechanism 35), the cutting position needs to be determined with high precision. Therefore, it is extremely important to accurately position the connection needle 3.

因此,想到例如,作成使用如金屬彈簧等之比較強力的彈性偏壓手段,將搬運路32上的連結針3總是設定成從上側壓住之狀態,且對連結針3向搬運方向(之前側)偏壓,而總是向設置於搬運路32(之裁斷機構)之內部的位置之貼住部(例如貫穿刃36等)推壓連結針3的前端部,藉此,進行連結針3的定位(前對準)。 Therefore, for example, it is conceivable to use a relatively strong elastic biasing means such as a metal spring, to always set the connecting pin 3 on the conveying path 32 to be pressed from the upper side, and to move the connecting pin 3 in the conveying direction (previously). (Side) is biased, and the front end portion of the connecting pin 3 is always pressed against a contact portion (for example, a penetrating blade 36, etc.) provided inside the conveying path 32 (the cutting mechanism), thereby performing the connecting pin 3 Positioning (front alignment).

可是,若依此方式進行前對準,為了作成在前後動之搬運機構34後退時使連結針3不後退,在藉彈性偏壓手段之從上側的壓住需要過大的推壓力,且發生因朝向搬運方向(之前側)之持續性之推壓力的賦與而在連結針3(之被貼住部(貫穿刃36等)推壓的部分)成為易受損的問題、或向裁斷機構搬運連結針3時之阻力變大的問題等。 However, if the front alignment is performed in this way, in order to prevent the connecting needle 3 from moving backward when the forward-moving conveying mechanism 34 is retracted, the pressing from the upper side by the elastic biasing means requires an excessive pushing force, and the cause The application of a continuous pressing force in the conveying direction (front side) causes a problem that the connecting pin 3 (the part pressed by the abutment portion (penetrating blade 36, etc.)) is easily damaged, or is conveyed to the cutting mechanism. The problem that the resistance when the needle 3 is connected is increased.

因此,在本實施例,如以下所示進行連結針3的定位。 Therefore, in this embodiment, positioning of the connection needle 3 is performed as described below.

(構成1)如上述所示,本實施例之裝訂機1包括:裁斷機構,係將連結複數支平坦之狀態的非金屬針2而成的連結針3裁斷成各一支;及搬運機構34,係經由搬運路32向該裁斷機構搬運該連結針3。 (Composition 1) As described above, the binding machine 1 of this embodiment includes a cutting mechanism that cuts the connecting pins 3 formed by connecting a plurality of flat non-metal needles 2 to each other; and the conveying mechanism 34 , The connecting needle 3 is conveyed to the cutting mechanism via a conveying path 32.

而且,在搬運路32的中途,設置藉由藉搬運機構34之搬運動作所移動的連結針3碰撞而可進行連結針3之定位的定位部81。 Further, in the middle of the conveyance path 32, a positioning portion 81 capable of positioning the connection pin 3 by collision of the connection pin 3 moved by the conveyance operation of the conveyance mechanism 34 is provided.

此處,裁斷機構係上述之裁斷成形機構35。搬運路32的中途係只要是搬運路32的範圍內,哪裡都可。搬運機構34之搬運動作係可廣泛地包含進給連結針3的動作、或進 給連結針3之動作所伴隨的預備動作(例如暫停動作或回位動作)。定位部81係只要是利用藉搬運機構34之搬運連結針3的動作,只是碰到連結針3,就可將連結針3定位者都可。 Here, the cutting mechanism is the above-mentioned cutting forming mechanism 35. The middle of the conveyance path 32 may be anywhere as long as it is within the range of the conveyance path 32. The conveying operation of the conveying mechanism 34 can include the movement of the feed connection pin 3 or the feeding operation. Preparatory actions (such as a pause or return motion) accompanying the action of the connecting pin 3. The positioning unit 81 may be any person who can position the connecting pin 3 only by touching the connecting pin 3 as long as the connecting pin 3 is moved by the carrying mechanism 34.

(作用效果1)在該構成,作成將定位部81設置於搬運路32的中途,藉由藉搬運機構34之搬運動作所移動的連結針3碰撞定位部81而將連結針3定位。利用此定位部81,可直接利用搬運機構34之搬運動作,進行連結針3之定位,不必設置特殊構成的定位機構,而可將定位部81的構成作成簡單者。因此,可對連結針3不施加負擔地對連結針3正確地定位。 (Effect 1) In this configuration, the positioning portion 81 is provided in the middle of the conveying path 32, and the connecting pin 3 is moved by the conveying operation of the conveying mechanism 34 to collide with the positioning portion 81 to position the connecting pin 3. With this positioning portion 81, the positioning operation of the transfer mechanism 34 can be directly used to position the connecting needle 3. The positioning mechanism 81 can be made simple without the need for a positioning mechanism having a special configuration. Therefore, the connection pin 3 can be accurately positioned without burdening the connection pin 3.

(構成2)具體而言,如第27圖所示,將定位部81作成在比該連結針3之搬運方向的前端部更靠近搬運方向之後側的位置進行定位。 (Configuration 2) Specifically, as shown in FIG. 27, the positioning portion 81 is positioned at a position closer to the rear side of the conveying direction than the front end portion of the connecting pin 3 in the conveying direction.

而且,亦可此定位部81採用利用向往該搬運方向之後側的方向之連結針3的推壓,進行連結針3的定位。 Further, the positioning portion 81 may be used to position the connection pin 3 by pressing the connection pin 3 in a direction toward the rear side of the conveying direction.

此處,搬運方向係前後方向X的前側。往搬運方向之後側的方向係前後方向X的後側。比連結針3之前端部更靠近搬運方向之後側的位置係從連結針3之前第2支之後的非金屬針2的位置。在此情況,採用連結針3之前第3支非金屬針2的位置。在定位部81,可使用上述之裝訂針蓋33的第1止回爪72(之朝向上下方向Z之前側的卡止面72a)。 Here, the conveyance direction is the front side of the front-rear direction X. The direction to the rear of the conveyance direction is the rear of the front-rear direction X. The position closer to the rear side in the conveying direction than the front end of the connecting needle 3 is the position of the non-metallic needle 2 after the second branch before the connecting needle 3. In this case, the position of the third non-metallic needle 2 before the connecting needle 3 is adopted. As the positioning portion 81, the first check pawl 72 (the locking surface 72a facing the front side in the vertical direction Z) of the binding needle cover 33 described above can be used.

此外,關於第28圖之裝訂針蓋33的第2止回爪73(之朝向上下方向Z的卡止面73a),亦在連結針3成為剩下2支時,可作為定位部81,進行連結針3之第2支非金屬針2 的定位。順便地,如第29圖所示,在連結針3成為剩下1支時,因為不必裁斷,所以定位係不需要。 In addition, the second retaining claw 73 (the locking surface 73a facing the vertical direction Z) of the binding needle cover 33 in FIG. 28 can also be used as the positioning portion 81 when the connecting needle 3 has two remaining needles. The second non-metallic pin 2 of the connecting pin 3 Positioning. By the way, as shown in FIG. 29, when the connecting pin 3 becomes one, there is no need to cut, so the positioning system is unnecessary.

(作用效果2)在該構成,作成在搬運路32的中途,在比連結針3的前端部更靠近搬運方向之後側的位置設置進行定位的定位部81,利用對定位部81之朝向往搬運方向之後側的方向(回位方向)之(連結針3之即將裁斷前)的暫時性推壓,進行連結針3的定位(後對準)。藉此,因為不必作成特別地設置如金屬彈簧等之比較強力的彈性偏壓手段來從上側持續性地壓住連結針,所以過大且持續性的推壓力不會作用於連結針3,而連結針3難受損,且可消除向裁斷機構搬運連結針3時之阻力,而可搬運材質更軟的非金屬針2。 (Effect 2) In this configuration, a positioning portion 81 for positioning is provided at a position closer to the rear side than the front end portion of the connecting pin 3 in the conveying direction in the middle of the conveying path 32, and the orientation of the positioning portion 81 is conveyed to the middle The direction (returning direction) of the rear direction (temporarily before the cutting of the connecting pin 3) is temporarily pushed to perform positioning (back alignment) of the connecting pin 3. Therefore, since it is not necessary to provide a relatively strong elastic biasing means such as a metal spring to continuously press the connecting pin from the upper side, an excessive and continuous pressing force does not act on the connecting pin 3, and the connection The needle 3 is difficult to damage, and the resistance when the connecting needle 3 is transported to the cutting mechanism can be eliminated, and the non-metal needle 2 with a softer material can be transported.

(構成3)該定位部81係可作成貼著設置於非金屬針2或連結針3的孔部4之朝向搬運方向之後側的緣部來進行定位。 (Configuration 3) The positioning portion 81 can be positioned so as to be in contact with an edge portion of the hole portion 4 provided in the non-metallic needle 2 or the connecting needle 3 toward the rear side in the conveying direction.

此處,孔部4係被用作定位孔。孔部4之朝向搬運方向之後側的緣部與定位部81(第1止回爪72)之前側的卡止面72a抵接而被定位。定位孔係可與進給孔共用。但,亦可作成定位孔與進給孔係各自分開地設置專用者。 Here, the hole portion 4 is used as a positioning hole. The edge portion of the hole portion 4 on the rear side facing in the conveying direction comes into contact with the locking surface 72a on the front side of the positioning portion 81 (first check pawl 72) and is positioned. The positioning holes can be shared with the feed holes. However, it is also possible to provide a positioning hole and a feed hole separately, respectively.

在本實施例的情況,將從連結針3之前第1個孔部4與第2個孔部4用作進給孔,將從前面第3個孔部4用作定位孔,藉此,可靈活地使用設置於左右方向Y之相同之位置的孔部4,以免第1止回爪72與進給爪62彼此發生干涉。 In the case of this embodiment, the first hole portion 4 and the second hole portion 4 before the connecting pin 3 are used as the feed holes, and the third hole portion 4 in the front is used as the positioning hole. The hole portions 4 provided at the same position in the left-right direction Y are used flexibly to prevent the first check claw 72 and the feed claw 62 from interfering with each other.

(作用效果3)根據該構成,以簡單的構成,可確實地進行連結針3的定位。又,因為將進給孔等之孔部4預先設 置於連結針3,所以可將此孔部4直接利用於連結針3的定位。此外,關於孔部4,亦可與進給孔分開地設置定位專用者。 (Effect 3) According to this configuration, with a simple configuration, the positioning of the connection needle 3 can be surely performed. In addition, the hole portion 4 such as a feed hole is set in advance. Since the connection pin 3 is provided, the hole portion 4 can be directly used for positioning the connection pin 3. In addition, the hole portion 4 may be provided with a dedicated positioning member separately from the feed hole.

(構成4)或者,亦可該定位部81係採用貼著平坦地延伸之狀態之非金屬針2的兩端部之朝向搬運方向之後側的緣部來進行定位。 (Configuration 4) Alternatively, the positioning portion 81 may be positioned by using the edge portions of the non-metallic needle 2 in a state of being flatly extended toward the rear side in the conveying direction.

此處,非金屬針2的兩端部之朝向搬運方向之後側的緣部係可採用設置於非金屬針2之兩端的後緣部分之錐狀的狹縫部3b(在此情況,作成將第27圖之孔部4替換成狹縫部3b)。非金屬針2之後緣部分的狹縫部3b係與定位部81之前側的卡止面72a抵接而被定位。此外,此情況之定位部81係未特別地圖示,例如,只要將第1止回爪72或與其相同者設置於狹縫部3b的位置即可。 Here, the edge portions facing the rear side of the both ends of the non-metallic needle 2 may be tapered slit portions 3b provided at the rear edge portions of both ends of the non-metallic needle 2 (in this case, the first The hole 4 in Fig. 27 is replaced with a slit 3b). The slit portion 3 b of the trailing edge portion of the non-metal needle 2 is positioned in contact with the locking surface 72 a on the front side of the positioning portion 81. In addition, the positioning portion 81 in this case is not particularly illustrated, and for example, the first check pawl 72 or the same may be provided at the position of the slit portion 3b.

(作用效果4)根據該構成,以簡單的構成,可確實地進行連結針3的定位。又,因為在連結針3的兩端部,對前緣部與後緣部預先設置用以向形成於用紙P之貫穿孔p1易插入彎曲成字形之非金屬針2的針腳2b、2c之錐狀的狹縫部3b,所以可將其中之後緣部的狹縫部3b直接利用於連結針3的定位。 (Effect 4) According to this configuration, the positioning of the connection needle 3 can be reliably performed with a simple configuration. In addition, since both ends of the connecting pin 3 are provided in advance with the leading edge portion and the trailing edge portion, the through holes p1 formed in the paper P are easily inserted and bent so as to be bent. The tapered slits 3 b of the stitches 2 b and 2 c of the non-metallic needle 2 in a zigzag shape can directly use the slit 3 b of the trailing edge portion for positioning of the connecting needle 3.

(構成5)該搬運機構34係包括回位部82,該回位部82係在藉該裁斷機構(裁斷成形機構35)裁斷連結針3時,對該連結針3暫時朝向往搬運方向之後側的方向偏壓,並將該連結針3壓在該定位部81。 (Configuration 5) The conveying mechanism 34 includes a returning unit 82 that temporarily cuts the connecting pin 3 toward the rear of the conveying direction when the connecting pin 3 is cut by the cutting mechanism (cutting forming mechanism 35). The direction is biased, and the connecting pin 3 is pressed against the positioning portion 81.

此處,回位部82係可採用在搬運機構34之推桿61的進給爪62。進給爪62係對向前方所延伸之臂的前端部包 括爪部,該爪部係在前側具有向上下方向Z所延伸之卡止面62a,並在後側具有後下降的斜面62b。 Here, the returning portion 82 may be the feed claw 62 of the push rod 61 of the conveying mechanism 34. The feed claw 62 is a bag for the front end of the arm extending forward Including a claw portion, the claw portion has a locking surface 62a extending in the up-down direction Z on the front side and a slope 62b that descends on the rear side.

(作用效果5)如上述所示,推桿61之進給爪62係在進給連結針3時,暫時從前進之狀態後退,但是在此時,藉由斜面62b對孔部4(或狹縫部3b。以下,當作孔部4來說明)向後方位移,沿著斜面62b爪部向下方被導引,進給爪62向下方發生彈性變形,前端的爪部從自前面第1個孔部4脫離出來。而且,沿著連結針3之背面後退,成為向第2個孔部4穿過之狀態。在此時,如第42D圖所示,(藉由推桿61之導臂65對裝訂機本體5(之導引部66)之卡止用小凸部67被卡止)在後退狀態被上鎖。 (Effect 5) As described above, the feed claw 62 of the pusher 61 is temporarily retracted from the forward state when the connecting pin 3 is fed, but at this time, the hole 4 (or Seam portion 3b. Hereinafter, it will be described as hole portion 4.) It is displaced backward, and the claw portion is guided downward along the inclined surface 62b. The feeding claw 62 is elastically deformed downward, and the claw portion at the front end is the first hole from the front. Section 4 comes out. Then, it is retracted along the back surface of the connecting pin 3 to enter the second hole portion 4. At this time, as shown in FIG. 42D, (the small convex portion 67 for locking of the stapler main body 5 (the guide portion 66) is locked by the guide arm 65 of the pusher 61) in the retracted state lock.

在依此方式推桿61開始後退時,藉由進給爪62的斜面62b向後推前側之孔部4的後緣部,僅在至進給爪62從前側的孔部4脫離出來之極短的時間,將連結針3偏壓成向後側稍微地後退的程度。而且,利用此時之連結針3之微小的動作,可將該連結針3壓在定位部81並進行定位。藉此定位,使對連結針3的負擔變少,且可藉裁斷機構進行連結針3之正確的裁斷。 When the pusher 61 starts to retreat in this manner, the rear edge portion of the hole portion 4 on the front side is pushed backward by the inclined surface 62b of the feed claw 62, and only when the feed claw 62 is released from the hole portion 4 on the front side is extremely short. For a period of time, the connecting needle 3 is biased so as to slightly retract to the rear side. Further, by using a slight movement of the connecting pin 3 at this time, the connecting pin 3 can be pressed against the positioning portion 81 and positioned. By this positioning, the burden on the connecting pin 3 is reduced, and the cutting of the connecting pin 3 can be performed accurately by the cutting mechanism.

因此,僅在藉裁斷機構裁斷時,只是暫時進行定位即可,定位所需之機構性負擔變輕,且可利用搬運機構34搬運連結針3所需的預備動作(後退動作),進行定位。在回位部82,因為可直接使用搬運機構34的進給爪62,所以在構成上亦簡單。 Therefore, it is only necessary to temporarily perform positioning only when cutting by the cutting mechanism, and the mechanical load required for positioning becomes lighter, and the positioning operation can be performed by the preliminary operation (backward movement) required to transport the connecting needle 3 by the transport mechanism 34. Since the return claw 82 can directly use the feed claw 62 of the conveyance mechanism 34, it is also simple in structure.

(構成6)定位部81具有卡止面72a、73a,該卡止 面72a、73a係在搬運機構34對非金屬針2或連結針3朝向往搬運方向之後側的方向偏壓時,碰觸在非金屬針2或連結針3之往搬運方向之後側的緣部。 (Configuration 6) The positioning portion 81 has locking surfaces 72a and 73a, and the locking The surfaces 72a and 73a are when the conveying mechanism 34 biases the non-metallic needle 2 or the connecting needle 3 toward the rear side of the conveying direction, and touches the edge portion of the non-metallic needle 2 or the connecting needle 3 behind the conveying direction. .

(作用效果6)如上述所示,藉由定位部81具有卡止面72a、73a,在搬運機構34對非金屬針2或連結針3朝向往搬運方向之後側的方向偏壓時,可使在非金屬針2或連結針3之往搬運方向之後側的緣部確實地碰觸卡止面72a、73a。進行定位。 (Effect 6) As described above, when the positioning portion 81 has the locking surfaces 72a and 73a, when the conveying mechanism 34 biases the non-metallic needle 2 or the connecting needle 3 toward the rear side of the conveying direction, it is possible to make The edge portions on the rear side of the non-metallic needle 2 or the connecting needle 3 in the conveying direction surely touch the locking surfaces 72a and 73a. Position it.

(構成7)或者,如第27B圖(第27C圖)所示,將定位部81作成在該連結針3之比在搬運方向的前端部更靠近搬運方向之後側的位置進行定位。 (Configuration 7) Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 27B (FIG. 27C), the positioning portion 81 is positioned at a position closer to the rear side of the transportation direction than the front end portion of the connection needle 3 in the transportation direction.

而且,亦可此定位部81採用利用朝向該搬運方向之往前側的方向之連結針的推壓,進行連結針3的定位。 Further, the positioning portion 81 may be used to position the connection pin 3 by pressing the connection pin toward the front side in the conveying direction.

此處,連結針3之比前端部更靠近搬運方向之後側的位置係連結針3之從前面第2支以後之非金屬針2的位置。在此情況,採用連結針3之從前面第3支之非金屬針2的位置。在定位部81,例如,可使用將朝向上下方向Z之後側的卡止面72c設置於上述之訂書針蓋33的第1止回爪72。定位部81係亦可使用訂書針蓋33的第1止回爪72,或者亦可另外地設置與第1止回爪72相同者。 Here, the position of the connecting needle 3 closer to the rear side in the conveying direction than the front end portion is the position of the non-metallic needle 2 of the connecting needle 3 from the front to the second and subsequent positions. In this case, the position of the non-metallic needle 2 of the third branch from the front of the connecting needle 3 is adopted. For the positioning portion 81, for example, the first check pawl 72 having the locking surface 72c facing the rear side in the vertical direction Z provided on the staple cover 33 can be used. The positioning portion 81 may use the first check pawl 72 of the staple cover 33 or may be provided with the same one as the first check pawl 72.

(作用效果7)在該構成,作成在搬運路32的中途,設置在連結針3之比前端部更靠近搬運方向之後側的位置進行定位的定位部81,利用藉搬運機構34之對於定位部81,朝向往連結針3之搬運方向之前側的方向(進給方向)的(進給即將 結束前的)暫時性推壓,進行連結針的定位(前對準)。在連結針3之進給結束後,至下次進行進給之間,藉搬運機構34之進給動作係被暫停,連結針3之往前側的動作亦被停止。藉此,因為不必作成特別地設置如金屬彈簧等之比較強力的彈性偏壓手段來從上側持續性地壓住連結針3,所以過大且持續性的推壓力不會作用於連結針3,而連結針3難受損,且可消除向裁斷機構搬運連結針3時之阻力,而可搬運材質更軟的非金屬針2。 (Effect 7) In this configuration, a positioning portion 81 is provided in the middle of the conveying path 32 to position the connecting needle 3 closer to the rear side than the front end portion in the conveying direction, and the positioning portion by the conveying mechanism 34 is used. 81, toward the direction (feed direction) toward the front side of the transport direction of the connecting needle 3 (feeding is about to (Before the end) is temporarily pushed to perform positioning (front alignment) of the connecting needle. After the feeding of the connecting pin 3 is completed and the next feeding is performed, the feeding operation by the transport mechanism 34 is suspended, and the forward movement of the connecting pin 3 is also stopped. Therefore, since it is not necessary to provide a relatively strong elastic biasing means such as a metal spring to continuously hold the connecting pin 3 from the upper side, an excessive and continuous pressing force does not act on the connecting pin 3, and The connecting pin 3 is difficult to be damaged, and the resistance when the connecting pin 3 is transported to the cutting mechanism can be eliminated, and the non-metallic pin 2 with a softer material can be transported.

(構成8)該定位部81係可採用碰觸設置於非金屬針2或連結針3的孔部4之朝向搬運方向之前側的緣部,進行定位。 (Configuration 8) The positioning portion 81 can be positioned by touching an edge portion of the hole portion 4 provided on the non-metallic needle 2 or the connecting needle 3 toward the front side in the conveying direction.

此處,孔部4係被用作定位孔。孔部4之朝向搬運方向之前側的緣部與定位部81(第1止回爪72)之後側的卡止面72c抵接而被定位。定位孔係可與進給孔共用。但,亦可作成定位孔與進給孔各自分開地設置專用者。 Here, the hole portion 4 is used as a positioning hole. An edge portion of the hole portion 4 on the front side facing the conveyance direction comes into contact with the locking surface 72c on the rear side of the positioning portion 81 (first check pawl 72) and is positioned. The positioning holes can be shared with the feed holes. However, it is also possible to provide a positioning hole and a feed hole separately, respectively.

在本實施例的情況,將連結針3之從前面第1個孔部4與第2個孔部4用作進給孔,將從前面第3個孔部4用作定位孔,藉此,區分地使用被設置於左右方向Y之相同之位置的孔部4,以免第1止回爪72與進給爪62彼此發生干涉。 In the case of this embodiment, the first hole portion 4 and the second hole portion 4 of the connecting pin 3 are used as the feed holes from the front, and the third hole portion 4 from the front is used as the positioning hole. The hole portions 4 provided at the same positions in the left-right direction Y are used differently to prevent the first check claw 72 and the feed claw 62 from interfering with each other.

(作用效果8)根據該構成,能以簡單的構成確實地進行連結針3的定位。又,因為預先將進給孔等之孔部4設置於連結針3,所以可將此孔部4直接利用於連結針3的定位。此外,關於孔部4,亦可與進給孔另外地設置定位專用者。 (Effective effect 8) According to this configuration, the positioning of the connection needle 3 can be surely performed with a simple configuration. In addition, since the hole portion 4 such as a feed hole is provided in the connection pin 3 in advance, the hole portion 4 can be directly used for positioning the connection pin 3. In addition, the hole portion 4 may be provided with a dedicated positioning member separately from the feed hole.

(構成9)或者,亦可該定位部81係碰觸平坦地延 伸之狀態之非金屬針2的兩端部之朝向搬運方向之前側的緣部,進行定位。 (Composition 9) Alternatively, the positioning portion 81 may be extended to touch flatly. The non-metallic needle 2 in the extended state is positioned at the edge portions facing the front side in the conveying direction.

此處,非金屬針2的兩端部之朝向搬運方向之前側的緣部係可採用設置於非金屬針2之兩端的前緣部分之錐狀的狹縫部3b(在此情況,作成將第27B圖的孔部4替換成狹縫部3b)。非金屬針2之前緣部分的狹縫部3b係與定位部81之後側的卡止面72c抵接而被定位。此外,此情況之定位部81係未特別地圖示,例如,只要將第1止回爪72或與其相同者設置於狹縫部3b之位置即可。 Here, the edge portions facing the front side of both ends of the non-metal needle 2 may be tapered slit portions 3b provided in the front edge portions of both ends of the non-metal needle 2 (in this case, the first The hole 4 in Fig. 27B is replaced with a slit 3b). The slit portion 3b of the leading edge portion of the non-metal needle 2 is positioned in contact with the locking surface 72c on the rear side of the positioning portion 81. In addition, the positioning portion 81 in this case is not particularly shown, and for example, the first check pawl 72 or the same may be provided at the position of the slit portion 3b.

(作用效果9)根據該構成,能以簡單的構成確實地進行連結針3的定位。又,因為在連結針3的兩端部,對前緣部與後緣部預先設置用以向形成於用紙P之貫穿孔p1易於插入彎曲成字形之非金屬針2的針腳2b、2c之錐形的狹縫部3b,所以可將其中之前緣部的狹縫部3b直接利用於連結針3的定位。 (Effective effect 9) According to this configuration, the positioning of the connection needle 3 can be surely performed with a simple configuration. In addition, since both ends of the connecting needle 3 are provided in advance with the leading edge portion and the trailing edge portion, the through-holes p1 formed in the paper P are easily inserted and bent. The tapered slits 3 b of the pins 2 b and 2 c of the non-metallic needle 2 in a zigzag shape can directly use the slit 3 b of the leading edge portion for positioning the connecting needle 3.

(構成10)該搬運機構34係作成包括推壓部83,該推壓部83係在藉搬運機構34進給連結針3時,將連結針3向連結針3之搬運方向的前側偏壓,而將連結針3壓在定位部81。 (Composition 10) The conveying mechanism 34 is configured to include a pressing portion 83 that biases the connecting needle 3 toward the front side of the conveying direction of the connecting needle 3 when the connecting needle 3 is fed by the conveying mechanism 34. The connection needle 3 is pressed against the positioning portion 81.

此處,推壓部83係可採用在搬運機構34之推桿61的進給爪62。在此情況,進給爪62係對向前方所延伸之臂的前端部包括爪部,該爪部係在前側具有後上升的斜面62c,並在後側具有後下降的斜面62b。進給爪62之爪部的前側係亦可採用在上下方向所延伸之卡止面62a,但是藉由對前側採用具有後上升的斜面62c,在前對準時確保一些餘裕量,且可緩 和過度的壓住。此外,進給爪62係為了避免在後退時因接觸連結針3(中之孔部4或狹縫部3b的後緣部)而使已定位之連結針3的位置向後側偏移,作成一度向正下脫離後後退較佳(參照第27C圖的箭號)。 Here, the pressing portion 83 may be a feed claw 62 of a push rod 61 of the conveyance mechanism 34. In this case, the feed claw 62 includes a claw portion at the front end portion of the arm extending forward, and the claw portion has a rearwardly rising slope 62c on the front side and a rearwardly decreasing slope 62b on the rear side. The front side of the claw portion of the feed claw 62 can also use a locking surface 62a extending in the up and down direction. However, by using a slope 62c with a rear rising on the front side, some margin can be ensured during front alignment, and it can be slowed down. And overwhelming. In addition, the feed claw 62 is designed to avoid shifting the position of the positioned connecting needle 3 to the rear side due to contact with the connecting needle 3 (the rear edge portion of the middle hole portion 4 or the slit portion 3b) during the backward movement. It is better to back off immediately below (refer to the arrow in Figure 27C).

(作用效果10)如上述所示,推桿61之進給爪62係在進給連結針3時前進,但是在此時,藉由前側的斜面62c向前方推孔部4(或狹縫部3b,以下當作孔部4來說明),而進給爪62將連結針3向前偏壓。而且,利用此時之連結針3的移動,可將該連結針3壓在定位部81,而進行定位。利用此定位,可使對連結針3的負擔變輕,且可藉裁斷機構進行連結針3之正確的裁斷。 (Effect 10) As described above, the feed claw 62 of the pusher 61 advances when the connecting pin 3 is fed, but at this time, the hole portion 4 (or the slit portion 3b) is pushed forward by the front slope 62c. (Hereinafter, it is described as the hole part 4), and the feed claw 62 biases the connecting needle 3 forward. Then, by using the movement of the connecting pin 3 at this time, the connecting pin 3 can be pressed against the positioning portion 81 to perform positioning. With this positioning, the burden on the connecting pin 3 can be lightened, and accurate cutting of the connecting pin 3 can be performed by a cutting mechanism.

因此,藉由只是僅在藉搬運機構34對連結針3進給時進行定位即可,定位所需之機構上的負擔變輕。在推壓部83,因為使用搬運機構34的進給爪62係可能,所以在構成上亦簡單。 Therefore, it is only necessary to perform positioning only when the connecting needle 3 is fed by the conveyance mechanism 34, and the burden on the mechanism required for positioning becomes lighter. The pressing portion 83 is also simple in construction because it is possible to use the feed claw 62 of the conveyance mechanism 34.

(構成11)定位部81係具有卡止面72c,該卡止面72c係在搬運機構34將非金屬針2或連結針3向搬運方向之前側偏壓時,碰觸非金屬針2或連結針3之朝向搬運方向之前側的緣部。 (Composition 11) The positioning portion 81 has a locking surface 72c that touches the non-metal needle 2 or the connection when the conveying mechanism 34 biases the non-metal needle 2 or the connecting needle 3 to the front side in the conveying direction. The edge of the needle 3 facing the front side in the conveying direction.

(作用效果11)如上述所示,藉由定位部81具有上述之卡止面72c,在搬運機構34將非金屬針2或連結針3向搬運方向之前側偏壓時,可使非金屬針2或連結針3之朝向搬運方向之前側的緣部確實地碰觸卡止面72c,而進行定位。此外,定位部81係為了避免在進給連結針3中妨礙進給,而作成從 非金屬針2或連結針3暫時退避。亦可定位部81係將後下降的斜面72d設置於前側。 (Effect 11) As described above, the positioning portion 81 has the above-mentioned locking surface 72c. When the conveying mechanism 34 biases the non-metallic needle 2 or the connecting needle 3 toward the front side in the conveying direction, the non-metallic needle can be made. 2 or the edge portion of the connecting pin 3 on the front side facing the conveying direction surely touches the locking surface 72c to perform positioning. In addition, the positioning portion 81 is formed so as to prevent the feed from being hindered by the feed link pin 3. The non-metallic needle 2 or the connecting needle 3 is temporarily retracted. The positioning portion 81 may be provided with a downwardly descending slope 72d on the front side.

[關於連結針3之自固持構造] [About the self-holding structure of the connecting pin 3]

為了作成能以裁斷機構正確地裁斷連結非金屬針2的連結針3,需要將連結針3正確地安裝於裝訂機本體5。在此時,若使用捲繞成滾筒狀的連結針3,由於連結針3所伴隨之捲繞癖的影響,難將連結針3正確地安裝於裝訂機本體5。又,即使正確地安裝連結針3,亦可能在安裝後因捲繞癖而連結針3偏離裝訂機本體5上之正確的位置。若像這樣地連結針3偏離正確的位置,就無法以裁斷機構正確地裁斷連結針3。 In order to produce the connecting pin 3 that can accurately cut the non-metallic pin 2 by the cutting mechanism, it is necessary to correctly attach the connecting pin 3 to the binding machine body 5. At this time, if the connecting needle 3 wound in a roll shape is used, it is difficult to accurately attach the connecting needle 3 to the binding machine body 5 due to the influence of the winding habit associated with the connecting needle 3. In addition, even if the connecting pin 3 is correctly installed, the connecting pin 3 may be deviated from the correct position on the binding machine main body 5 due to the winding habit after installation. If the connecting pin 3 deviates from the correct position like this, the connecting pin 3 cannot be accurately cut by the cutting mechanism.

因此,例如,想到作成將滾筒狀之連結針3收容於針匣,且將此針匣安裝於裝訂機1等,藉此,將連結針3間接地安裝於裝訂機本體5。藉由依此方式(比裝訂機1小形且處理容易之)將針匣用作媒介,對針匣之連結針3的安裝變得容易,又,可經由針匣將連結針3正確地安裝於裝訂機本體5,又,可使連結針3難偏移。 For this reason, for example, it is conceivable to store the roller-shaped connecting needle 3 in a needle magazine and mount the needle magazine on the binding machine 1 or the like to thereby indirectly attach the connecting needle 3 to the binding machine body 5. By using the needle magazine as a medium (smaller and easier to handle than the binding machine 1) in this way, the attachment of the connecting needle 3 of the needle magazine becomes easy, and the connecting needle 3 can be correctly installed in the binding through the needle magazine. The machine body 5 also makes it difficult to shift the connecting pin 3.

可是,在使用針匣的情況,針匣的拆裝所造成之連結針3之處理的人力時間增加,且需要針匣,或需要對裝訂機1拆裝針匣的機構。因此,裝訂機1之構造變得複雜,又,元件數增加,裝訂機1變成大形,且費用亦變貴。 However, in the case of using a needle magazine, the labor time for processing the connecting needle 3 caused by the removal and installation of the needle magazine increases, and a needle magazine or a mechanism for removing and attaching the needle magazine to the binding machine 1 is required. Therefore, the structure of the binding machine 1 becomes complicated, and the number of components increases, and the binding machine 1 becomes large and expensive.

因此,在本實施例,如以下所示,作成可對裝訂機本體5直接正確地安裝連結針3。 Therefore, in this embodiment, as described below, the binding needle 3 can be directly and accurately attached to the binding machine body 5.

(構成1)如上述所示,本實施例之裝訂機1包括:裁斷機構,係將連結複數支平坦之狀態的非金屬針2而成的連 結針3裁斷成各一支;及搬運機構34,係經由搬運路32向該裁斷機構搬運該連結針3。 (Structure 1) As described above, the binding machine 1 of this embodiment includes a cutting mechanism, which is a coupling formed by connecting a plurality of non-metal needles 2 in a flat state. The knotted needles 3 are cut into one piece, and the transfer mechanism 34 transfers the connecting needles 3 to the cutting mechanism via the transfer path 32.

而且,如第32圖(~第35圖)所示,作成在該搬運路32之搬運方向的前側,包括可固持該連結針3之前端部或其附近的針固持部84。 Further, as shown in Fig. 32 (~ Fig. 35), the front side of the conveying path 32 in the conveying direction is formed to include a needle holding portion 84 that can hold the front end of the connecting needle 3 or its vicinity.

此針固持部84係如第33圖所示,具有:貼住面85,係貼住該連結針3;限制構件87,係從一面側對該連結針3限制位置;以及脫離限制部88,係在該連結針3的另一面側,被配設成隔著該連結針3在搬運方向的前後使位置相異之狀態與該限制構件87對峙。 As shown in FIG. 33, the needle holding portion 84 includes: an abutment surface 85 for attaching the connecting needle 3; a restricting member 87 for restricting the position of the connecting needle 3 from one side; and a release restricting portion 88, It is attached to the other surface side of the connection pin 3, and is arranged to face the restricting member 87 in a state where the position is different from each other in the transport direction through the connection pin 3.

此外,在本實施例,作為一例,一面側係當作關於連結針3,搬運路構成構件51或限制構件87之側,即連結針3的下面側,又,另一面側係當作與搬運路構成構件51相對向之例如裝訂針蓋33或針固持部84之側,即連結針3的上面側。但,亦可上述係相反。 In addition, in this embodiment, as an example, one surface side is regarded as the side related to the connection pin 3, the conveying path constituting member 51 or the restriction member 87, that is, the lower side of the connection pin 3, and the other side is regarded as the connection side. The path constituting member 51 faces, for example, the side of the binding needle cover 33 or the needle holding portion 84, that is, the upper side of the connecting needle 3. However, the above may be reversed.

此處,針固持部84係固持連結針3之前端側的部分,並作成分別設置於連結針3之兩側部的位置者,在對裝訂機本體5確實地自固持連結針3,而且在必要的情況易於從裝訂機本體5拆下連結針3上較佳。自固持係不使用針匣等其他的構成,僅藉針固持部84就可對裝訂機本體5預先固持連結針3的前端部或其附近。 Here, the needle holding portion 84 is a portion that holds the front end side of the connecting needle 3 and is provided at positions on both sides of the connecting needle 3, respectively. The binding needle main body 5 securely holds the connecting needle 3 by itself, and If necessary, it is preferable to easily remove the connecting needle 3 from the binding machine body 5. The self-holding system does not use other structures such as a needle magazine, and can only hold the front end portion of the connecting needle 3 or the vicinity of the binding body 3 in advance by only the needle holding portion 84.

貼住面85係只要是在向搬運路32插入連結針3的前端時連結針3之前端側的部分,例如第1支或第2支以後之非金屬針2的前端緣輕碰觸者即可。在貼住面85,例如如第 34圖、第35圖所示,可使用貫入機構37的貫穿刃36。又,貼住面85係例如如第36圖~第36C圖所示,可設置於搬運路構成構件51。 The contact surface 85 is any part of the front end side of the connecting needle 3 when the front end of the connecting needle 3 is inserted into the conveying path 32, for example, the front edge of the non-metal needle 2 after the first or second branch touches the lightly. can. On the cling surface 85, such as As shown in Fig. 34 and Fig. 35, the penetration blade 36 of the penetration mechanism 37 can be used. The contact surface 85 is, for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 to 36C, and can be provided on the conveyance path constituent member 51.

具體而言,例如,在第36圖,貼住面85係作成緊靠在連結針3(之第1支非金屬針2)的前端緣之被裁斷之連結部3a的位置。又,在第36A圖,貼住面85係作成緊靠在連結針3(之第1支非金屬針2)的前端緣之傾斜之狹縫部3b的位置。而,在第36B圖,貼住面85係作成緊靠在設置於連結針3(之第1支非金屬針2)的前端緣之狹縫部3b的部分之段差狀缺口部3d。進而,在第36C圖,貼住面85係作成緊靠在成為連結針3的前部附近(第2支非金屬針2之)之狹縫部3b(的內部)。此外,在各情況,貼住面85係分別作成配合連結針3之被緊靠的部分之形狀的形狀。又,在第36C圖的情況,貼住面85成為從搬運路32的上面向上方所突設的突起部。成為此貼住面85的突起部係可突出收容自如地設置於搬運路32的上面。 Specifically, for example, in FIG. 36, the abutting surface 85 is formed at the position of the cut-out connecting portion 3a which is close to the leading edge of the connecting pin 3 (the first non-metallic pin 2). In FIG. 36A, the abutment surface 85 is formed at a position close to the inclined slit portion 3b of the leading edge of the connecting needle 3 (the first non-metal needle 2). In FIG. 36B, the abutment surface 85 is formed as a stepped notch 3d that abuts on a portion of the slit portion 3b provided at the leading edge of the connecting needle 3 (the first non-metal needle 2). Furthermore, in FIG. 36C, the abutment surface 85 is made to abut the slit portion 3b (inside) of the vicinity of the front portion (the second non-metal needle 2) of the connecting needle 3. In addition, in each case, the abutting surface 85 is shaped so as to match the shape of the abutted portion of the connecting needle 3. In the case of FIG. 36C, the abutment surface 85 is a protruding portion protruding upward from the upper surface of the conveyance path 32. The protruding portion serving as the abutment surface 85 can be provided on the upper surface of the conveyance path 32 so as to protrude and be accommodated freely.

或者,貼住面85係例如如第37圖所示,可設置於裝訂機本體5。 Alternatively, the sticking surface 85 may be provided on the binding machine body 5 as shown in FIG. 37, for example.

限制構件87係為了從一面側對連結針3進行位置限制所設置。限制構件87係例如可構成為從一面側接觸連結針3,並固持連結針3之位置的固持構件,或可抑制或防止連結針3向搬運方向之後側回位的回位阻止構件。 The restriction member 87 is provided for restricting the position of the connecting needle 3 from one surface side. The restricting member 87 is, for example, a holding member configured to contact the connecting pin 3 from one side and hold the position of the connecting pin 3, or a return preventing member that can prevent or prevent the connecting pin 3 from returning to the rear side in the conveying direction.

具體而言,如第33圖所示,限制構件87係可採用藉由從連結針3的一面側與設置於連結針3之卡合部86卡 合而可固持位置及阻止回位的卡合構件。在卡合部86,可使用連結針3之孔部4或兩側部的狹縫部3b等。在卡合構件,可使用搬運機構34的進給爪62等。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 33, the restricting member 87 may be a card that is engaged with the engaging portion 86 provided on the connecting pin 3 from one side of the connecting pin 3. An engaging member that can hold the position and prevent the return position when closed. As the engaging portion 86, the hole portion 4 of the connection needle 3, the slit portion 3b on both sides, and the like can be used. As the engaging member, a feed claw 62 or the like of the transport mechanism 34 can be used.

又,如第33A圖、第33B圖所示,限制構件87係可採用具有沿著連結針3之一面側滾動的滾動構件87a。滾動構件87a係在被設置於連結針3的下面側之從下方向上方所延伸之臂87b的上端部,經由向左右方向Y所延伸之轉軸87c被軸支成可滾動。在此時,藉由將滾動構件87a作成橡膠製等的摩擦輪,或可容許僅朝向向前側進給連結針3之方向的轉動之單向輥,可易於固持位置或阻止回位。在將限制構件87作為滾動構件87a的情況,如第33A圖所示,滾動構件87a係設置於在左右方向Y不會與進給爪62發生干涉的位置,或者,如第33B圖所示,對滾動構件87a向搬運方向(之後側)錯開地設置進給爪62。此外,滾動構件87a係成為利用連結針3之向搬運方向的前側之移動而隨著轉動的從動輪,但是亦可作成利用驅動機構所驅動的驅動輪。在將滾動構件87a作成驅動輪的情況,可不需要進給爪62。 As shown in FIG. 33A and FIG. 33B, the restricting member 87 may be a rolling member 87a provided with rolling along one surface side of the connecting pin 3. The rolling member 87a is rotatably supported by an upper end portion of an arm 87b extending upward from the lower direction provided on the lower side of the connecting pin 3, and is pivotally supported via a rotating shaft 87c extending in the left-right direction Y. At this time, the rolling member 87a is made of a friction wheel made of rubber or the like, or a unidirectional roller that allows rotation only in the direction in which the connecting pin 3 is fed forward, can easily hold the position or prevent return. When the restricting member 87 is used as the rolling member 87a, as shown in FIG. 33A, the rolling member 87a is provided at a position that does not interfere with the feed claw 62 in the left-right direction Y, or, as shown in FIG. 33B, The feed claws 62 are provided so as to be staggered in the conveying direction (rearward side) of the rolling member 87a. In addition, the rolling member 87a is a driven wheel that rotates with the movement of the connecting pin 3 toward the front side in the conveying direction, but may be a driving wheel that is driven by a driving mechanism. When the rolling member 87a is used as a driving wheel, the feed claw 62 may not be necessary.

在此情況,限制構件87係設置於連結針3的下面側。脫離限制部88係連結針3的上面側。但,亦可限制構件87與脫離限制部88的位置關係上下相反。脫離限制部88係在與限制構件87在前側或後後之至少一方或雙方錯開位置之狀態設置較佳。關於脫離限制部88,將後述。 In this case, the restriction member 87 is provided on the lower surface side of the connection needle 3. The detachment restriction portion 88 is the upper surface side of the connecting needle 3. However, the positional relationship between the restriction member 87 and the separation restriction portion 88 may be reversed up and down. The detachment restricting portion 88 is preferably provided in a state staggered from at least one or both of the front side and the rear side of the restricting member 87. The separation restriction section 88 will be described later.

(作用效果1)若依據該構成,只是作成拉出對收容部31所收容之滾筒狀之連結針3的前端,並將此連結針3的 前端向搬運路32的內側(前側)插入成沿著搬運路32滑動,使連結針3的前端緣輕輕碰觸貼住面85,利用在搬運路32的前側所包括之針固持部84之一面側的限制構件87與另一面側的脫離限制部88,不使用輔助元件等,就可對裝訂機本體5確實地直接自固持連結針3的前端部或其附近。 (Effect 1) According to this structure, only the front end of the roller-shaped connecting needle 3 accommodated in the accommodating portion 31 is pulled out, and the connecting needle 3 is pulled out. The front end is inserted into the inside (front side) of the conveying path 32 to slide along the conveying path 32, and the leading edge of the connecting pin 3 lightly touches the abutting surface 85. The needle holding portion 84 included in the front side of the conveying path 32 is used. The restriction member 87 on one side and the separation restriction portion 88 on the other side can directly hold the front end portion of the binding needle 3 or the vicinity thereof to the binding machine body 5 without using an auxiliary element or the like.

在此時,只是使用一支手指,向搬運路32之內插入連結針3的前端部,不依賴目視,就可在搬運方向(前後方向X)無偏差之狀態簡單確實地安裝連結針3。又,藉針固持部84的貼住面85亦可防止連結針3的插入過度所造成之連結針3的彎曲等的發生。 At this time, the tip of the connecting pin 3 is inserted into the conveying path 32 with only one finger, and the connecting pin 3 can be simply and surely mounted without any deviation in the conveying direction (front-rear direction X) without depending on visual observation. In addition, the contact surface 85 of the needle holding portion 84 can also prevent the occurrence of bending of the connecting needle 3 caused by excessive insertion of the connecting needle 3.

結果,因為消除捲繞成滾筒狀之連結針3的捲繞癖所造成之搬運方向的偏差等的安裝失誤,而可省去重裝的人力時間,且不必為了將連結針3正確地安裝於裝訂機1,而作為不同之元件設置(用以間接地收容固持滾筒狀的連結針3)針匣,或準備將此針匣收容於裝訂機1的空間,或設置對裝訂機1拆裝針匣的機構,所以減少連結針3之處理的人力時間,且大幅度地簡化裝訂機1之構造,而可使裝訂機1小形化、或減少元件數、或降低費用等。 As a result, installation errors such as deviations in the conveying direction and the like caused by the winding habit of the connecting pin 3 wound into a drum shape can be eliminated, so that labor time for reassembly can be saved, and it is not necessary to properly install the connecting pin 3 on The binding machine 1 is provided as a different component (for indirectly receiving the holding roller-shaped connecting pin 3) needle magazine, or the needle magazine is to be stored in the space of the binding machine 1, or the needle is disassembled and attached to the binding machine 1. The mechanism of the cassette reduces the labor time for processing the connecting needle 3, and greatly simplifies the structure of the binding machine 1. The size of the binding machine 1, the number of components, or the cost can be reduced.

(構成2)該脫離限制部88係作成具有被設置於該連結針3之前頭的非金屬針2之位置的第1限制部91。 (Configuration 2) The detachment restricting portion 88 is a first restricting portion 91 having a position of the non-metallic needle 2 provided at the front end of the connecting needle 3.

此處,因為連結針3之前頭的非金屬針2係被插入裁斷成形機構35之中,所以第1限制部91係可設置於第32圖所示之裁斷成形機構35之壓針板92的內側面。 Here, since the non-metallic needle 2 connected to the front of the needle 3 is inserted into the cutting and forming mechanism 35, the first restricting portion 91 can be provided on the presser plate 92 of the cutting and forming mechanism 35 shown in FIG. 32. Inside.

又,第1限制部91係例如如第36圖所示,可設 置於搬運路構成構件51。 The first restricting portion 91 may be provided as shown in FIG. 36, for example. Placed on the conveying path constituting member 51.

(作用效果2)若依據該構成,藉第1限制部91,可確實地限制連結針3之前頭的非金屬針2之位置並固持成不會脫離。此第1限制部91係在連結針3(之前頭的非金屬針2)之前端緣碰觸貼住面85後,對防止連結針3之彎曲係有效。又,藉由設置第1限制部91,因為成為在連結針3之前端部難彎曲的狀態碰觸貼住面85,所以碰觸時之手反應變(比在彎曲之狀態碰觸貼住面85時更)大,根據該手反應,可明確地覺得脫離限制部88確實地固持連結針3的前端部。 (Effect 2) According to this configuration, the position of the non-metallic needle 2 in front of the connecting needle 3 can be reliably restricted by the first restricting portion 91, and can be held so as not to come off. This first restricting portion 91 is effective for preventing the bending of the connecting pin 3 after the front edge of the connecting pin 3 (the non-metallic pin 2 on the front end) touches the contact surface 85. In addition, by providing the first restricting portion 91, the contact surface 85 is in a state in which the end portion is difficult to bend before the connecting needle 3, so that the hand reaction becomes more severe when touching (in contrast to the contact surface in a bent state). At 85 o'clock, it is clear that the tip of the connecting needle 3 is surely held by the detachment restricting portion 88 based on the hand response.

(構成3)亦可該脫離限制部88具有設置於該連結針3之第2支以後的非金屬針2之位置的第2限制部93。 (Configuration 3) The detachment restricting portion 88 may include a second restricting portion 93 provided at a position of the non-metallic needle 2 after the second branch of the connecting needle 3.

而且,作成該限制構件87在該連結針3的搬運方向被設置於位於該第1限制部91與第2限制部93之間的位置。 In addition, the restricting member 87 is prepared to be disposed between the first restricting portion 91 and the second restricting portion 93 in the conveying direction of the connecting pin 3.

此處,第2限制部93係可採用在搬運路構成構件51的縱壁部52所設置之穿針口54的(位於第1凹部55及第2凹部56之兩側)上緣部等。 Here, the second restricting portion 93 may be an upper edge portion (located on both sides of the first recessed portion 55 and the second recessed portion 56) of the needle opening 54 provided in the vertical wall portion 52 of the conveying path constituting member 51.

在此情況,在第33圖,將作為限制構件87的卡合構件,作為從對從前面第1個孔部4所嵌合之進給爪62的爪部,第1限制部91係位於比第1個孔部4更稍微地前側,第2限制部93係位於比第1個孔部4更稍微地後側。 In this case, in FIG. 33, the engaging member serving as the restricting member 87 is used as the claw portion of the feed claw 62 fitted to the first hole portion 4 from the front. The first hole portion 4 is slightly forward, and the second restricting portion 93 is located slightly rearward than the first hole portion 4.

在此情況,如第35圖所示,第1限制部91及第2限制部93係被設置於在左右方向Y位於比限制構件87(進給爪62的爪部)更外側。第1限制部91與第2限制部93係在構造上,可作成僅設置其中一方。 In this case, as shown in FIG. 35, the first restricting portion 91 and the second restricting portion 93 are provided on the outer side in the left-right direction Y than the restricting member 87 (the claw portion of the feeding claw 62). The first restricting portion 91 and the second restricting portion 93 are structured, and only one of them may be provided.

此外,第2限制部93係例如如第36圖所示,可設置於搬運路構成構件51。又,第2限制部93係例如如第33C圖所示,可作成在設置於連結針3的另一面側(例如,上面側)之從上方向下方所延伸之臂93b的下端部,具有經由向左右方向Y所延伸之轉軸93c所軸支的滾動構件93a。此滾動構件93a係作成可沿著連結針3的另一面側滾動。在此時,將滾動構件93a作成橡膠製等的摩擦輪,或作成可容許僅向搬運方向之往前側的進給方向之轉動的單向輥,藉此,可易於進行位置保持或止回或防止脫離。此外,滾動構件93a係成為利用連結針3之向搬運方向的前側之移動而隨著轉動的從動輪,但是亦可作成利用驅動機構所驅動的驅動輪。 The second restricting portion 93 is, for example, as shown in FIG. 36, and may be provided on the conveyance path constituent member 51. The second restricting portion 93 is, for example, as shown in FIG. 33C, and can be formed on the lower end portion of the arm 93b provided from the upper side to the lower side of the connecting pin 3 (for example, the upper surface side) and having a via A rolling member 93a pivotally supported by a rotating shaft 93c extending in the left-right direction Y. This rolling member 93a is made to roll along the other surface side of the connection pin 3. At this time, the rolling member 93a is made of a friction wheel made of rubber or the like, or a unidirectional roller that is allowed to rotate only in the feed direction forward to the conveying direction, thereby making it possible to easily maintain or check the position. Or prevent detachment. The rolling member 93a is a driven wheel that rotates with the movement of the connecting pin 3 toward the front side in the conveying direction, but it can also be a driving wheel that is driven by a driving mechanism.

(作用效果3)若依據該構成,藉第2限制部93,可確實地限制連結針3之第2支以後之非金屬針2的位置並固持成不會脫離,且可作成藉上側之第1限制部91與第2限制部93、以及下側的限制構件87,可將連結針3的前端部或其附近從上下固持成鋸齒狀。結果,因為可得到更高之自固持力,所以可使所安裝之連結針3難脫離搬運路32。此第2限制部93係對具有捲繞癖之連結針3,對防止捲繞癖所造成之位置偏差係有效。 (Effect 3) According to this configuration, by the second restricting portion 93, the position of the non-metallic needle 2 after the second branch of the connecting needle 3 can be reliably restricted and held so as not to be detached, and it can be borrowed from the upper side. The first restricting portion 91, the second restricting portion 93, and the lower restricting member 87 can hold the front end portion of the connecting needle 3 or its vicinity in a zigzag manner from above and below. As a result, since a higher self-holding force can be obtained, it is possible to make it difficult for the attached pin 3 to be separated from the conveyance path 32. This second restricting portion 93 is effective for the connection pin 3 having a winding habit, and is effective for preventing positional deviation caused by the winding habit.

(構成4)如第33圖所示,該脫離限制部88對該連結針3的另一面被分開地配置成具有間隙95、96。 (Configuration 4) As shown in FIG. 33, the detachment restricting portion 88 is disposed so as to have gaps 95 and 96 separately from the other surface of the connecting pin 3.

限制構件87被作成從連結針3的一面側與設置於連結針3之卡合部86卡合的卡合構件。 The restricting member 87 is formed as an engaging member that engages with the engaging portion 86 provided on the connecting pin 3 from one side of the connecting pin 3.

而且,作成使該限制構件87的前端部穿過卡合部86,向 連結針3的另一面側突出成比上述之間隙95、96更大(突出量97>間隙95、96)。 The front end portion of the restricting member 87 is made to pass through the engaging portion 86 to The other side of the connecting needle 3 protrudes to be larger than the above-mentioned gaps 95 and 96 (amount of protrusion 97> gaps 95 and 96).

(作用效果4)將脫離限制部88對該連結針3的另一面分開地配置成具有間隙95、96。藉此,對無捲繞癖之連結針3,可一面防止脫離限制部88之對連結針3之直接的接觸,一面限制連結針3的前端部或其附近,並固持成不會脫離。又,對具有捲繞癖之連結針3,脫離限制部88直接地輕接觸連結針3等,可固持連結針3的前端部。 (Effect 4) The separation restricting portion 88 is arranged to have the gaps 95 and 96 separately from the other surface of the connecting pin 3. Thereby, the connection pin 3 without the winding entanglement can be prevented from coming into contact with the connection pin 3 while preventing the detachment restriction portion 88 from being directly contacted with the connection pin 3, and can be held so as not to come off. In addition, with respect to the connection pin 3 having a winding habit, the detachment restricting portion 88 directly touches the connection pin 3 or the like lightly, and the front end portion of the connection pin 3 can be held.

結果,可消除連結針3之受損,且減少對連結針3的搬運阻力。 As a result, damage to the connecting needle 3 can be eliminated, and the conveyance resistance to the connecting needle 3 can be reduced.

又,在將限制構件87作為卡合構件的情況,使卡合構件的前端部穿過卡合部86,並向連結針3的另一面側突出成比上述之間隙95、96更大。藉此,因為穿過脫離限制部88與連結針3的另一面之間的窄間隙95、96之連結針3的前端部難越過限制構件87,所以更確實地限制連結針3,並固持成不會脫離,且可有效地防止連結針3脫離搬運路32。 When the restricting member 87 is used as the engaging member, the distal end portion of the engaging member passes through the engaging portion 86 and protrudes to the other surface side of the connection pin 3 to be larger than the gaps 95 and 96 described above. Accordingly, since the front end portion of the connecting pin 3 passing through the narrow gaps 95 and 96 between the detachment restricting portion 88 and the other surface of the connecting pin 3 is difficult to pass over the restricting member 87, the connecting pin 3 is more reliably restricted and held in place. It does not come off, and it is possible to effectively prevent the connecting needle 3 from coming off the conveyance path 32.

此外,因為作為卡合構件(限制構件87)的進給爪62係在前端之爪部的後側具有後下降的斜面62b,且在前側具有上下方向Z之卡止面62a,所以在從後側插入連結針3的前端部時,可易於越過斜面62b,且在立回時難越過卡止面62a,而可作成易安裝且難脫離之構造。 In addition, since the feed claw 62 as the engaging member (restriction member 87) has a rearwardly descending inclined surface 62b on the rear side of the claw portion of the front end and a locking surface 62a on the front side in the up-down direction Z, When the front end portion of the connecting pin 3 is inserted sideways, the inclined surface 62b can be easily crossed, and the locking surface 62a is difficult to be crossed when standing back, and the structure can be easily installed and difficult to disengage.

但,在拆下連結針3的情況,如第38圖所示,作成以(比在連結針3因捲繞癖而自然地脫離搬運路32時作用於連結針3之力更強之)所要的力向後拉連結針3。於是,藉由針 固持部84被設置於連結針3之兩側部的位置,且在針固持部84之左右的第2限制部93(穿針口54)之間有縱壁部52之第1凹部55與第2凹部56,因為連結針3係可朝向面外方向(上方)在中高之狀態彎曲,所以利用此連結針3之彎曲成可有意地從針固持部84拆下連結針3。 However, in the case of removing the connecting pin 3, as shown in FIG. 38, it is required to be made stronger than the force acting on the connecting pin 3 when the connecting pin 3 naturally leaves the conveying path 32 due to the winding habit. Pull the connecting pin 3 backward. So with the needle The holding portion 84 is provided at a position connecting both sides of the needle 3, and the first recessed portion 55 and the first recessed portion 55 of the vertical wall portion 52 are provided between the second restricting portion 93 (needle opening 54) on the left and right of the needle holding portion 84. Since the connecting pin 3 can be bent in a middle-high state toward the out-of-plane direction (upward) of the two recessed portions 56, the connecting pin 3 can be intentionally removed from the needle holding portion 84 by the bending of the connecting pin 3.

以下,使用第39圖~第52圖,說明裝訂機1之主要部。 Hereinafter, the main parts of the binding machine 1 will be described using FIGS. 39 to 52.

[關於裁斷成形機構35] [About cutting and forming mechanism 35]

如第39圖所示,上述之裁斷成形機構35包括:裁斷刃101(裁斷機構),係從連結針3將非金屬針2裁斷成各一支;左右一對的成形構件102(成形機構),係將平坦之狀態的非金屬針2成形成字形;以及壓針板92(壓針機構),係固持應維持字形的成形狀態之成形成字形的非金屬針2之針腳2b、2c。又,上述之搬運路構成構件51的承受座58(參照第38圖)亦在成形時作用為支撐非金屬針2的支撐部(固定部),並成為裁斷成形機構35的構成構件之一。此外,只要是在成形時可支撐成非金屬針2不動,支撐部不被限定為如承受座58的構成。 As shown in FIG. 39, the above-mentioned cutting and forming mechanism 35 includes a cutting blade 101 (cutting mechanism) that cuts the non-metallic needle 2 from the connecting needle 3 into one branch, and a pair of left and right forming members 102 (forming mechanism) Is formed by forming a flat non-metallic needle 2 Zigzag; and pressure plate 92 (pressure needle mechanism), the retention should be maintained Formation of the shape of the glyph Pins 2b, 2c of the non-metallic pin 2 in a zigzag shape. In addition, the receiving seat 58 (refer to FIG. 38) of the conveying path constituting member 51 described above also functions as a supporting portion (fixing portion) that supports the non-metallic needle 2 during forming, and becomes one of the constituting members of the cutting and forming mechanism 35. In addition, as long as the non-metallic needle 2 can be supported during molding, the support portion is not limited to a configuration such as the receiving seat 58.

裁斷刃101與成形構件102係一體地被設置於構成貫入機構37的驅動器本體100。驅動器本體100與壓針板92係可對承受座58向上下方向Z相對地移動。在本實施例,採用承受座58係被固定成向上下方向Z無法移動,而驅動器本體100與壓針板92向上下方向Z移動的構成,但是不限定為此,亦可採用承受座58可對驅動器本體100與壓針板92向上下方向Z移動的構成。又,裁斷刃101與成形構件102係被 收容於壓針板92內,並可在壓針板92內向上下方向Z相對地移動。此外,在本實施例,將成形構件102一體地設置於驅動器本體100(貫入機構37),但是不是本發明被限定為此。只要是可與貫入機構37之貫入動作同步地進行成形動作,亦可與驅動器本體100分開地設置成形構件102。 The cutting blade 101 and the forming member 102 are integrally provided in the driver body 100 constituting the penetrating mechanism 37. The driver body 100 and the pressure plate 92 are relatively movable in the up-down direction Z of the receiving seat 58. In this embodiment, a structure in which the receiving seat 58 is fixed so that it cannot move in the upward and downward directions Z, and the driver body 100 and the pressure plate 92 are moved in the upward and downward direction Z is adopted. However, it is not limited to this, and the receiving seat 58 may also be used. A structure that moves the driver body 100 and the presser plate 92 in the up-down direction Z. The cutting blade 101 and the forming member 102 are quilted. It is housed in the presser plate 92 and can move relatively in the up and down direction Z in the presser plate 92. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the forming member 102 is integrally provided to the driver body 100 (the penetrating mechanism 37), but the present invention is not limited to this. As long as the forming operation can be performed in synchronization with the penetration operation of the penetration mechanism 37, the forming member 102 may be provided separately from the driver body 100.

驅動器本體100係具有在左右方向Y所延伸之軸孔100a,上述之連桿軸15被貫穿配置於此軸孔100a。連桿軸15係被插入配置於在上下方向Z所延伸之導槽17內,該導槽17係被設置於上述之連桿18(參照第9圖)的第1導槽部21內及裝訂機本體5的側面16(側壁)。而且,藉由沿著導槽17導引連桿軸15。驅動器本體100係在上下方向Z移動。 The driver body 100 has a shaft hole 100a extending in the left-right direction Y, and the above-mentioned link shaft 15 is penetrated and arranged in this shaft hole 100a. The link shaft 15 is inserted and arranged in a guide groove 17 extending in the vertical direction Z. The guide groove 17 is provided in the first guide groove portion 21 of the above-mentioned link 18 (see FIG. 9) and is bound. The side surface 16 (side wall) of the machine body 5. The link shaft 15 is guided along the guide groove 17. The actuator body 100 moves in the vertical direction Z.

裁斷刃101係裁斷連結針3之連結部3a之裁斷刃的一例,並在下端設置傾斜的刃部101a。各裁斷刃101係被安裝於在傾斜的刃部101a彼此朝向外側之狀態突設於驅動器本體100之背面側(後方)的一對安裝部103。 The cutting blade 101 is an example of a cutting blade for cutting the connecting portion 3 a of the connecting needle 3, and an inclined blade portion 101 a is provided at the lower end. Each of the cutting blades 101 is attached to a pair of mounting portions 103 protrudingly provided on the back side (rear) of the driver body 100 with the inclined blade portions 101 a facing outward.

各裁斷刃101係為了可圓滑地裁斷連結部3a,各刃部101a向外地傾斜,並其刃尖附近的內側面被插入位於比連結部3a更內側之孔部4的配置被安裝於安裝部103,各刃部101a的長度形成為比連結部3a更長。又,各裁斷刃101係切掉刃部101a的外側,而設置缺口部101b,藉此,作為在裁斷刃101對壓針板92在上下方向Z相對地移動時,刃部101a不會碰觸壓針板92的構成構件。 Each cutting blade 101 is designed to smoothly cut the connection portion 3a. Each blade portion 101a is inclined outward, and the inner side surface near the cutting edge is inserted into the hole portion 4 located inside the connection portion 3a. The cutting portion 101 is attached to the mounting portion. 103. The length of each blade portion 101a is longer than that of the connecting portion 3a. In addition, each cutting blade 101 cuts out the outside of the blade portion 101a and is provided with a notch portion 101b. As a result, when the cutting blade 101 moves relatively to the presser plate 92 in the up-down direction Z, the blade portion 101a does not touch A constituent member of the presser plate 92.

各成形構件102係被設置於成為各裁斷刃101之內側的位置,並包括:從各安裝部103之壁面在下方向所延伸 之臂部102a;及突起部102b,係從臂部102a的前端(下端)朝向內側所突出形成。臂部102a係前端成為自由端,並可將被固定於安裝部103的基端部(固定端)作為基點向左右方向Y產生彈性變形。 Each forming member 102 is provided at a position that becomes the inside of each cutting edge 101, and includes a portion extending downward from a wall surface of each mounting portion 103 The arm portion 102a and the projection portion 102b are formed to protrude from the front end (lower end) of the arm portion 102a toward the inside. The front end of the arm portion 102a is a free end, and the base end portion (fixed end) fixed to the mounting portion 103 can be elastically deformed in the left-right direction Y as a base point.

為了進行被載置於承受座58上之非金屬針2之針腳2b、2c的折彎,各臂部102a係從突起部102b之上端至基端部的形成高度被設定成至少與針腳2b、2c之長度(高度)相同或其以上的高度。又,各臂部102a係前後方向X的長度(進深)成為與非金屬針2之短邊方向的長度相同或其以上的長度。 In order to bend the pins 2b, 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 placed on the receiving seat 58, the formation height of each arm portion 102a from the upper end of the protruding portion 102b to the base end portion is set at least as high as the pins 2b, The length (height) of 2c is the same or more. The length (depth) of each arm portion 102 a in the front-back direction X is the same as or longer than the length in the short-side direction of the non-metal needle 2.

又,為了在承受座58與各臂部102a的內壁面之間可固持各針腳2b、2c,承受座58的寬度係以與頂2a之內寬大致相同的寬度尺寸所形成,一對臂部102a的間隔係以與頂2a之外寬大致相同的尺寸所形成。又,一對突起部102b的間隔係被形成為比承受座58之外寬更稍窄。根據本構成,突起部102b下降時,突起部102b係碰觸承受座58,而在外側產生彈性變形,且在與承受座58之間一面將針腳2b、2c壓在承受座58一面向下折彎,將非金屬針2確實地折彎成字形,而可穩定地進行成形動作。又,折彎後係以承受座58的外面與一對臂部102a的內面固持一對針腳2b、2c,而可維持成形狀態。 In addition, in order to hold the pins 2b and 2c between the receiving seat 58 and the inner wall surface of each arm portion 102a, the width of the receiving seat 58 is formed with a width approximately the same as the inner width of the top 2a. A pair of arm portions The interval of 102a is formed in the same size as the width of the top 2a. The interval between the pair of protrusions 102 b is formed to be slightly narrower than the width of the receiving seat 58. According to this configuration, when the protruding portion 102b is lowered, the protruding portion 102b touches the receiving seat 58 and elastically deforms on the outside, and the pins 2b, 2c are pressed down on the receiving seat 58 on the side between the protruding portion 102b and the receiving seat 58. Bend and bend the non-metal needle 2 securely The shape can be stably performed. After bending, the pair of pins 2b and 2c are held by the outer surface of the receiving seat 58 and the inner surface of the pair of arm portions 102a, so that the molded state can be maintained.

壓針板92係被形成為矩形的框狀,在其外側面,設置導引壓針板92之向上下方向Z的移動且限制其移動量的一對限制突起104。此一對限制突起104係在裝訂機本體5的側面16(側壁),被插入被設置成與導槽17鄰接的一對限制槽 29(參照第42A圖等)。藉由沿著限制槽29導引限制突起104,壓針板92在上下方向Z移動。限制槽29係被作成在上下方向Z所延伸之長孔。因此,限制突起104碰觸限制槽29的上端時,壓針板92停止上升。此停止位置成為壓針板92的最高點。又,限制突起104碰觸限制槽29的下端時,壓針板92停止下降。此停止位置成為壓針板92的最低點。進而,因為限制突起104係形成在上下方向Z長的橢圓形,所以向前後方向X的傾斜受到抑制,可不會發生晃動而圓滑地在上下方向Z移動。 The needle presser plate 92 is formed in a rectangular frame shape, and a pair of restriction protrusions 104 are provided on the outer side surface of the needle presser plate 92 to guide the movement of the needle presser plate 92 in the upward and downward direction Z and limit the amount of movement. The pair of restriction protrusions 104 are attached to the side surface 16 (side wall) of the binding machine body 5 and are inserted into a pair of restriction grooves provided adjacent to the guide groove 17. 29 (see Fig. 42A, etc.). By guiding the restricting protrusion 104 along the restricting groove 29, the presser plate 92 moves in the vertical direction Z. The restriction groove 29 is formed as a long hole extending in the vertical direction Z. Therefore, when the restricting protrusion 104 touches the upper end of the restricting groove 29, the presser plate 92 stops rising. This stop position becomes the highest point of the presser plate 92. When the restricting protrusion 104 touches the lower end of the restricting groove 29, the presser plate 92 stops descending. This stop position becomes the lowest point of the presser plate 92. Furthermore, since the restricting protrusion 104 is formed in an ellipse shape that is long in the up-down direction Z, the inclination of the forward-back direction X is suppressed, and it can smoothly move in the up-down direction Z without shaking.

在壓針板92的內側面,設置在上下方向Z限制非金屬針2之前端部之位置的一對第1限制部91。在比此第1限制部91更下側,設置一對壓針部105,該壓針部105係抑制所成形之非金屬針2之一對針腳2b、2c的張開,而維持成形狀態。壓針部105係藉由以向內側突出的錐面105a向內側方向導引針尖,抑制針尖的張開。一對壓針部105係以可保持插入成形成字形之一對針腳2b、2c的插入間隔的長度所形成。又,各壓針部105的形成高度係以在壓針板92下降而到達最低點時,壓針部105的上端與所成形之非金屬針2之針腳2b、2c的前端不會發生干涉的高度所形成。即,壓針部105係構成為在成形構件102一面下降一面將非金屬針2成形成字形時,退避至在與被折彎之針腳2b、2c不接觸的位置。 A pair of first restricting portions 91 are provided on the inner side surface of the presser plate 92 to restrict the position of the front end of the non-metallic needle 2 in the vertical direction Z. Further below the first restricting portion 91, a pair of presser pin portions 105 are provided. The presser pin portions 105 prevent one of the formed non-metal needles 2 from spreading the pins 2b, 2c, and maintain the formed state. The pressing needle portion 105 guides the needle tip inward with a tapered surface 105a protruding inward, and suppresses the needle tip from being opened. The pair of presser pin portions 105 is formed so as to be capable of being inserted and held. One of the glyphs is formed by the length of the insertion interval of the pins 2b, 2c. In addition, the formation height of each of the press pin portions 105 is such that the upper end of the press pin portion 105 does not interfere with the front ends of the pins 2b, 2c of the formed non-metal needle 2 when the press pin plate 92 is lowered to the lowest point. Height formed. That is, the pressing needle portion 105 is configured to form the non-metal needle 2 while lowering the forming member 102. In the shape of the font, it is retracted to a position where it does not contact the bent pins 2b, 2c.

另一方面,在成形結束而壓針板92與成形構件102一起上升時,成為臂部102a仍然固持針腳2b、2c(之一部分),並以壓針部105的前端可拾入並固持針腳2b、2c的尺寸對準。 因此,抑制從臂部102a往壓針部105之針腳2b、2c的交接時之針腳2b、2c的張開,可穩定地進行交接(拾取針)。 On the other hand, when the presser plate 92 is raised together with the forming member 102 after the forming is completed, the arm portion 102a still holds the pins 2b and 2c (one part), and the tip of the presser portion 105 can pick up and hold the pin 2b , 2c size alignment. Therefore, the opening of the pins 2b and 2c at the time of the transfer from the arm portion 102a to the pins 2b and 2c of the presser portion 105 is suppressed, and the transfer (pick-up) can be performed stably.

又,在壓針板92的內側面中之上下方向Z的大致中央,設置與設置於驅動器本體100之安裝部103的肩部103a碰觸的一對彈性片106(卡合部)。各彈性片106係以在下方向所延伸之懸臂樑所形成,而前端成為自由端,將固定端作為基點,在左右方向Y產生彈性變形。在各彈性片106的前端,設置朝向內側所突出形成的突起部106a。根據本構成,在驅動器本體100對壓針板92上升時,彈性片106的下端碰觸肩部103a並卡合,壓針板92就與驅動器本體100一起上升。壓針板92上升至最高點時,肩部103a將彈性片106向外側推寬,並越過彈性片106,藉此,解除彼此之卡合,而僅驅動器本體100上升。 Further, a pair of elastic pieces 106 (engaging portions) that are in contact with the shoulder portion 103 a of the mounting portion 103 provided in the driver body 100 are provided at approximately the center of the up-down direction Z on the inner side surface of the presser plate 92. Each elastic piece 106 is formed by a cantilever beam extending in the downward direction, the front end becomes a free end, and the fixed end is used as a base point, and elastic deformation occurs in the left-right direction Y. A protrusion 106a is formed at the front end of each of the elastic pieces 106 so as to protrude toward the inside. According to this configuration, when the driver body 100 raises the presser plate 92, the lower end of the elastic piece 106 touches the shoulder portion 103 a and engages, and the presser plate 92 rises together with the driver body 100. When the presser plate 92 is raised to the highest point, the shoulder portion 103 a pushes the elastic piece 106 outward and passes over the elastic piece 106, thereby releasing the engagement with each other, and only the driver body 100 rises.

此外,在驅動器本體100對位於最低點之壓針板92下降時,藉由驅動器本體100的安裝部103將一對彈性片106向外側推寬,而越過一對彈性片106,僅驅動器本體100下降。 In addition, when the driver body 100 is lowered to the needle press plate 92 at the lowest point, the pair of elastic pieces 106 are pushed outward by the mounting portion 103 of the driver body 100, and beyond the pair of elastic pieces 106, only the driver body 100 decline.

<裁斷成形機構35的動作例> <Example of operation of the cutting and shaping mechanism 35>

其次,一面參照第40A圖、第40B圖之裁斷成形機構35的動作圖、第42A圖~第42F圖之連桿18的動作圖,一面說明裁斷成形機構35的動作例。第40A圖、第40B圖係從背面側觀察裁斷成形機構35的圖,並以狀態A~狀態F表示裁斷成形機構35之動作過程的狀態。在第40A圖、第40B圖,為了易於說明,僅圖示裁斷刃101、成形構件102、壓針板92以及連桿軸15。第42A圖~第42F圖所示之A~F係表示裁斷成 形機構為狀態A~狀態F(F-1、F-2)時之連桿軸15的狀態(位置),A~C係表示壓下操作時之狀態,D~F係表示回位時之狀態。又,關於構成構件之細節部分,一併參照第39圖。 Next, an operation example of the cutting and forming mechanism 35 will be described with reference to the operation diagram of the cutting and forming mechanism 35 in FIGS. 40A and 40B and the operation diagram of the link 18 in FIGS. 42A to 42F. 40A and 40B are views of the cutting and forming mechanism 35 as viewed from the back side, and states of the operation process of the cutting and forming mechanism 35 are shown in states A to F. In FIGS. 40A and 40B, for ease of explanation, only the cutting blade 101, the forming member 102, the presser plate 92, and the link shaft 15 are illustrated. Figures A ~ F shown in Figure 42A ~ 42F indicate the cut The state (position) of the link shaft 15 in the state A to state F (F-1, F-2). A to C indicate the state during the pressing operation, and D to F indicate the state during the return operation. status. For details of the constituent members, refer to FIG. 39 together.

在操作把手6之壓下操作前的備用位置(起始位置),如第40A圖之狀態A(備用)所示,在承受座58上,以裁斷前之平坦的狀態配置連結針3之前頭的非金屬針2。又,推桿61(參照第19圖)係藉推桿回位彈簧47向承受座58的方向(前方)被偏壓。因此,如第42A圖所示,推桿61之導臂65的前端係位於比在裝訂機本體5之導引部66所設置的卡止用小凸部67更前方。藉此,作為推壓面63之推桿61的前端成為向壓針板92內突出之狀態(參照第26圖)。又,在一對貫穿刃36(以下,在區別左右的情況係稱為36a、36b)之間,安裝先被裁斷及成形的非金屬針2(參照第22圖)。 In the standby position (starting position) before the pressing operation of the operating handle 6, as shown in the state A (standby) in FIG. 40A, the front end of the connecting pin 3 is arranged on the receiving seat 58 in a flat state before cutting. Of non-metallic needles 2. The push rod 61 (see FIG. 19) is biased in the direction (front) of the receiving seat 58 by the push rod return spring 47. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 42A, the front end of the guide arm 65 of the pusher 61 is located further forward than the locking small convex portion 67 provided in the guide portion 66 of the stapler body 5. Thereby, the tip of the push rod 61 as the pressing surface 63 is in a state of protruding into the presser plate 92 (see FIG. 26). A non-metallic needle 2 (refer to FIG. 22) that has been cut and shaped is mounted between a pair of penetrating blades 36 (hereinafter, referred to as 36a and 36b in the case of distinguishing left and right).

操作者壓下操作把手6時,藉此壓下操作,連桿軸15下降,驅動器本體100與連桿18被壓下。連桿18係以推壓用突起部30一面向後方推壓軸25一面下降。然後,如第42B圖所示,藉由第1導槽部21的上緣部碰觸導引突起部23,而連桿18停止下降。在此時,推桿61之導臂65的前端越過卡止用小凸部67的傾斜面67a,推桿61後退,藉此,推桿61脫離壓針板92,而壓針板92可下降。在此下降時,設置於壓針板92之內側面的第1限制部91碰觸連結針3,但是因為第1限制部91係以一面使連結針3的兩前端稍微地產生彈性變形一面可通過的突出量所形成,所以可防止連結針3之兩端的折斷等。 When the operator depresses the operation handle 6, by this depressing operation, the link shaft 15 is lowered, and the driver body 100 and the link 18 are depressed. The link 18 is lowered so that the pressing protrusion 30 faces the rear pressing shaft 25. Then, as shown in FIG. 42B, the guide protrusion 23 is contacted by the upper edge portion of the first guide groove portion 21, and the lowering of the link 18 is stopped. At this time, the front end of the guide arm 65 of the push rod 61 crosses the inclined surface 67a of the small projection 67 for locking, and the push rod 61 moves backward, whereby the push rod 61 is disengaged from the needle pressing plate 92, and the needle pressing plate 92 can be lowered. . At this time, the first restricting portion 91 provided on the inner side surface of the presser plate 92 touches the connecting pin 3, but the first restricting portion 91 is capable of slightly elastically deforming both ends of the connecting pin 3 with one side. Since the protruding amount is formed, breakage and the like of both ends of the connecting needle 3 can be prevented.

又,藉連桿軸15的下降,驅動器本體100與壓針 板92之雙方下降。藉此下降,壓針板92係到達最低點而下降停止時,僅與連桿軸15連結之驅動器本體100下降,如第40A圖之狀態B(裁斷)所示,以裁斷刃101的刃部101a裁斷連結針3的連結部3a(裁斷動作),而從連結針3分離一支非金屬針2。此外,為了參考,在狀態B併記所裁斷之連結針3的平面圖。因為連結部3a係藉向外傾斜的刃部101a從內側向外側所裁斷,所以在穩定之狀態被裁斷。在此裁斷後,驅動器本體100進一步下降,藉此,接著裁斷動作,一對成形構件102之臂部102a的前端(下端)到達非金屬針2,該臂部102a將非金屬針2的針腳2b、2c向下方折彎(成形動作開始)。 In addition, by lowering the link shaft 15, the driver body 100 and the pressure needle Both sides of board 92 fell. By this, when the pressure needle plate 92 reaches the lowest point and the descent is stopped, only the driver body 100 connected to the link shaft 15 is lowered, as shown in the state B (cutting) in FIG. 40A, and the cutting edge 101 is cut. 101 a cuts the connecting portion 3 a of the connecting pin 3 (cutting operation), and separates a non-metallic pin 2 from the connecting pin 3. In addition, for reference, a plan view of the cut-out connecting pin 3 is recorded in the state B. Since the connecting portion 3a is cut from the inside to the outside by the outwardly inclined blade portion 101a, it is cut in a stable state. After this cutting, the actuator body 100 is further lowered, and then, following the cutting operation, the front ends (lower ends) of the arm portions 102a of the pair of forming members 102 reach the non-metallic needle 2, and the arm portion 102a brings the non-metallic needle 2 pins 2b , 2c is bent downward (start of forming operation).

另一方面,因為連桿18係藉導引突起部23來限制下降,所以藉連桿軸15之下降,連桿18係向後方移動。然後,如第42C圖所示,後方延伸部18b碰觸限制用突起部24,而連桿18停止後退。藉連桿軸15之進一步的下降,連桿18係將導引突起部23作為支點向後方之轉動(在第42C圖中逆時針之轉動)開始,第3導槽部28所導引之折彎機構38的滑動構件122開始後退(參照第42D圖)。 On the other hand, since the link 18 is restricted from descending by the guide projection 23, the link 18 is moved backward by the lowering of the link shaft 15. Then, as shown in FIG. 42C, the rear extension portion 18b touches the restricting protrusion portion 24, and the link 18 stops moving backward. By further lowering the connecting rod shaft 15, the connecting rod 18 starts to rotate backward with the guide protrusion 23 as a fulcrum (counterclockwise rotation in FIG. 42C), and the guide guided by the third guide groove portion 28 is folded. The sliding member 122 of the bending mechanism 38 starts to retract (refer to FIG. 42D).

如第42E圖所示,在連桿軸15下降至最低點,而滑動構件122最後退之狀態時,如第40A圖之狀態C(成形)所示,在所裁斷之非金屬針2的成形結束的狀態驅動器本體100到達最低點。所成形之非金屬針2的針腳2b、2c係藉成形構件102的臂部102a所固持。 As shown in FIG. 42E, when the link shaft 15 is lowered to the lowest point and the sliding member 122 is finally retracted, as shown in the state C (forming) in FIG. 40A, the cutting of the non-metallic needle 2 is performed. The finished state driver body 100 reaches the lowest point. The pins 2 b and 2 c of the formed non-metallic needle 2 are held by the arm portion 102 a of the forming member 102.

接著,藉由解除操作把手6的推壓,操作把手6藉把手回位彈簧45的偏壓力向往起始位置的回位方向移動(回 位),連桿軸15開始上升。與這些動作連動,連桿18以導引突起部23為支點向回位方向轉動(第42E圖中順時針之轉動),滑動構件122向回位方向移動(前進),且驅動器本體100係上升。驅動器本體100上升,安裝部103的肩部103a碰觸壓針板92的彈性片106,藉此,壓針板92與驅動器本體100一起上升。在此上升過程,在臂部102a固持針腳2b、2c之狀態,針腳2b、2c被插入壓針板92的一對壓針部105之間,而可拾取其針尖(接受並固持)。如第40A圖之狀態D(拾取針腳)係表示即將拾取針尖之狀態,因為藉成形構件102的突起部102b將針腳2b、2c的針尖稍微向內側閉合,所以藉壓針部105可易於拾取針尖。可是,因為壓針部105的錐面105a向內側導引針尖,所以如在狀態D之圖以虛擬線所示,即使針腳2b’稍微地張開,亦可確實地拾取針尖。 Then, by releasing the pressing force of the operation handle 6, the operation handle 6 moves toward the returning position of the starting position by the biasing force of the handle return spring 45 (return Position), the link shaft 15 starts to rise. In conjunction with these actions, the link 18 rotates in the return direction with the guide protrusion 23 as a fulcrum (clockwise rotation in FIG. 42E), the sliding member 122 moves (forward) in the return direction, and the driver body 100 rises . The driver body 100 rises, and the shoulder portion 103 a of the mounting portion 103 touches the elastic piece 106 of the pressure plate 92, whereby the pressure plate 92 rises together with the driver body 100. During this raising process, in the state where the arms 102a are holding the pins 2b and 2c, the pins 2b and 2c are inserted between the pair of presser portions 105 of the presser plate 92, and the needle tips can be picked up (received and held). For example, the state D (pick-up pin) in FIG. 40A indicates a state where the needle tip is about to be picked up. Because the protruding point 102b of the forming member 102 closes the needle tips of the pins 2b and 2c slightly inward, the needle tip 105 can be easily picked up . However, since the tapered surface 105a of the pressing needle portion 105 guides the needle tip inward, as shown by the virtual line in the state D diagram, the needle tip can be reliably picked up even if the pin 2b 'is slightly opened.

因此,可圓滑地進行從成形構件102向壓針部105之針腳2b、2c的交接。又,只是使壓針部105上升,能藉壓針部105固持針腳2b、2c,並抑制針腳2b、2c的彈性變形等,可減少對針腳2b、2c的負載,而可進行更穩定的成形。 Therefore, it is possible to smoothly transfer the stitches 2b, 2c from the forming member 102 to the pressure pin portion 105. In addition, only the pressure pin 105 is raised, the pins 2b, 2c can be held by the pressure pin 105, and the elastic deformation of the pins 2b, 2c can be suppressed. The load on the pins 2b, 2c can be reduced, and more stable molding can be performed. .

然後,如第40B圖之狀態E(壓針板最高點1)所示,壓針板92到達最高點時,壓針板92停止上升。如狀態E所示,非金屬針2的針腳2b、2c係從臂部102a脫離出來,但是被一對的壓針部105所固持。藉以後之連桿軸15的上升,安裝部103的肩部103a將一對彈性片106向外側推寬,藉此,越過一對的彈性片106,而解除彼此之卡合。藉此,驅動器本體100脫離壓針板92,因為從在壓針板92之下部的卡止狀態 被解放,所以僅驅動器本體100上升(參照第40B圖之狀態F-1(壓針板最高點2))。 Then, as shown in the state E (the highest point of the presser plate 1) in FIG. 40B, when the presser plate 92 reaches the highest point, the presser plate 92 stops rising. As shown in state E, the pins 2b and 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 are detached from the arm portion 102a, but are held by the pair of presser portions 105. By the subsequent rise of the link shaft 15, the shoulder portion 103 a of the mounting portion 103 pushes the pair of elastic pieces 106 outward, thereby passing over the pair of elastic pieces 106 to release the engagement with each other. As a result, the driver body 100 is disengaged from the presser plate 92 because it is locked from the lower part of the presser plate 92 It is released, so only the driver body 100 is raised (refer to the state F-1 (the highest point of the pressure plate 2) in FIG. 40B).

在驅動器本體100與壓針板92之卡合被解除之狀態,壓針板92係可在限制槽29內自由地落下。在此情況,亦如第40B圖之狀態F-2(壓針板落下)所示,針腳2b、2c鉤住壓針部105的前端,防止脫離壓針部105。 In a state where the engagement between the driver body 100 and the presser plate 92 is released, the presser plate 92 can fall freely in the restriction groove 29. In this case, as shown in the state F-2 (the pressure plate is dropped) in FIG. 40B, the pins 2b, 2c are hooked to the front end of the pressure needle portion 105 to prevent the pressure needle portion 105 from being detached.

在滑動構件122完全回位之狀態,上述之連桿18停止轉動,但是如第42F圖所示,因為推桿61的導臂65與卡止用小凸部67之卡止面67b卡合而位於上鎖狀態,所以推桿61的前進係還受到限制。藉以後之連桿軸15的上升,連桿18與驅動器本體100上升,在驅動器本體100上升至在一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間接受所成形之非金屬針2的時序,藉第2導槽部27的下緣部將導臂65向上推。藉此,導臂65脫離卡止用小凸部67,推桿61藉推桿回位彈簧47的偏壓力前進,並藉推壓面63將非金屬針2進給至一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間。又,在承受座58上,進給接著使用之平坦之狀態的連結針3,裁斷成形機構35係回到備用狀態(第40B圖之狀態A’(推出針))。連桿18或連桿軸15等亦回到起始位置(參照第42A圖)。 In the state where the sliding member 122 is completely returned, the above-mentioned link 18 stops rotating, but as shown in FIG. 42F, the guide arm 65 of the push rod 61 is engaged with the locking surface 67b of the small projection 67 for locking. Because it is in the locked state, the forward movement of the putter 61 is also restricted. By the subsequent rise of the link shaft 15, the link 18 and the driver body 100 rise, and the driver body 100 rises to the timing of receiving the formed non-metal needle 2 between a pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b. The lower edge portion of the groove portion 27 pushes the guide arm 65 upward. Thereby, the guide arm 65 is disengaged from the small convex portion 67 for locking, the push rod 61 is advanced by the biasing force of the push rod return spring 47, and the non-metal needle 2 is fed to the pair of penetrating blades 36a by the pressing surface 63. 36b. Further, on the receiving seat 58, the connecting needle 3 in a flat state which is subsequently used is fed, and the cutting and forming mechanism 35 returns to the standby state (state A '(ejecting pin) in Fig. 40B). The link 18, the link shaft 15 and the like also return to the starting position (refer to FIG. 42A).

[關於貫入機構37] [About penetration mechanism 37]

如第39圖、第43圖、第44圖所示,上述之貫入機構37係將貫穿孔p1(參照第3圖)形成於用紙P,並包括:左右一對的貫穿刃36a、36b,係使非金屬針2之針腳2b、2c貫穿用紙P;及頂推壓部110,係抑住非金屬針2的頂2a。貫穿刃36a、36b與頂推壓部110係被設置於驅動器本體100,並 藉連桿軸15與驅動器本體100一起向上下方向Z移動。 As shown in FIG. 39, FIG. 43, and FIG. 44, the penetrating mechanism 37 described above forms a through hole p1 (see FIG. 3) in the paper P, and includes a pair of left and right penetrating blades 36a, 36b. The pins 2b, 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 are passed through the paper P; and the pressing portion 110 is pushed to restrain the top 2a of the non-metallic needle 2. The penetrating blades 36a, 36b and the pusher 110 are provided on the driver body 100, and The link shaft 15 moves in the vertical direction Z together with the driver body 100.

一對貫穿刃36a、36b係在驅動器本體100的下側,經由可收容並固持非金屬針2的既定間隔被安裝成與左右方向Y平行。一對貫穿刃36a、36b係從驅動器本體100延伸至下方。在其下端,設置裁斷用紙P之V字形的刃部111a、111b。各貫穿刃36a、36b係從前方或後方觀察時被折彎成大致曲柄狀(或傾斜段差狀)的形狀,對驅動器本體100所安裝之上端(基端部)、與下端的刃部111a、111b對上下方向Z不是位於一直線上,而成為對上端(基端部)將下端側的刃部111a、111b向內側偏置的形狀。 A pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b are attached to the lower side of the driver body 100, and are mounted parallel to the left-right direction Y via a predetermined interval capable of accommodating and holding the non-metallic needle 2. A pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b extend from the driver body 100 to the lower side. At the lower end, V-shaped blade portions 111 a and 111 b of the cutting paper P are provided. Each of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b is bent into a substantially crank-shaped (or inclined-segment-like) shape when viewed from the front or rear. The upper end (base end portion) and the lower portion 111a, 111b does not lie on a straight line in the up-down direction Z, but has a shape in which the blade portions 111a and 111b on the lower end side are offset inward from the upper end (base end portion).

更詳細而言,一對貫穿刃36a、36b的間隔係在從被設置刃部111a、111b之前端側既定長度的範圍,與頂2a的內寬,即一對針腳2b、2c之內寬大致同等或稍窄,並最初構成貫穿用紙P之第1貫穿部112a、112b。從此第1貫穿部112a、112b的上側至基端側部,與頂2a的外寬,即一對針腳2b、2c之外寬大致相等或稍寬,並構成第2貫穿部113a、113b。此外,在本專利說明書所指之「同等」係嚴格上不必是相同的尺寸,只要是「大致同等」即可,是在常識的範圍亦包含尺寸等稍大之情況或稍小之情況的意義,稍微的尺寸誤差等係被容許。 More specifically, the distance between the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b is in a range of a predetermined length from the front end side of the provided blade portions 111a and 111b, which is approximately the inner width of the top 2a, that is, the inner width of the pair of stitches 2b and 2c. The first penetrating portions 112 a and 112 b which are the same or slightly narrower and first constitute the penetrating sheet P are formed. From the upper side to the base end side of the first penetration portion 112a, 112b, the outer width of the top 2a, that is, the width of the pair of pins 2b, 2c, is approximately equal to or slightly wider, and constitutes the second penetration portion 113a, 113b. In addition, the term "equivalent" referred to in this patent specification does not necessarily have to be the same size, as long as it is "approximately equal", and it includes the meaning of a slightly larger or smaller case such as a size in the scope of common sense. Slight dimensional errors are allowed.

在成為第1貫穿部112a、112b與第2貫穿部113a、113b之邊界的既定中間位置被折彎成大致曲柄狀,傾斜的段差形成於第1貫穿部112a、112b與第2貫穿部113a、113b之間。在此段差部分,一對貫穿刃36a、36b的間隔係形成為從第1貫穿部112a、112b往第2貫穿部113a、113b逐漸地變寬,並 成為將以第1貫穿部112a、112b所形成之貫穿孔p1向外側方向推寬的孔擴張部114a、114b。 It is bent into a substantially crank shape at a predetermined intermediate position which is a boundary between the first penetration portions 112a, 112b and the second penetration portions 113a, 113b, and an inclined step is formed in the first penetration portions 112a, 112b and the second penetration portions 113a, 113b. At this step, the distance between the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b is formed to gradually widen from the first penetrating portions 112a and 112b to the second penetrating portions 113a and 113b, and It becomes a hole expansion part 114a, 114b which expands the penetration hole p1 formed by the 1st penetration part 112a, 112b to the outer direction.

而且,在被配置成相對向的一對第2貫穿部113a、113b之間,可固持成形成字形的非金屬針2。又,第2貫穿部113a、113b與孔擴張部114a、114b之邊界的段差部分成為支撐以第2貫穿部113a、113b所固持之非金屬針2之針腳2b、2c的針腳支撐部115a、115b。 In addition, it can be held to form between a pair of second penetration portions 113a and 113b arranged to face each other. Z-shaped non-metal needle 2. In addition, the stepped portion of the boundary between the second penetrating portions 113a, 113b and the hole expansion portions 114a, 114b becomes the pin supporting portions 115a, 115b that support the pins 2b, 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 held by the second penetrating portions 113a, 113b. .

在各貫穿刃36a、36b,貫穿第2貫穿部113a、113b及針腳支撐部115a、115b地形成第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b(參照第45圖)可出入的孔部116a、116b,第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b係作為將貫穿用紙P的針腳2b、2c向內側折彎之折彎機構38的一對折彎構件。此外,只要第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b(參照第45圖)可出入,不是被限定為孔部116a、116b,亦可是將第2貫穿部113a、113b及針腳支撐部115a、115b之一部分切掉的缺口部。 In each of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b, first and second bending members 120a and 120b (see Fig. 45) are formed so as to pass through the second penetrating portions 113a and 113b and the pin supporting portions 115a and 115b. The first and second bending members 120a and 120b are a pair of bending members serving as a bending mechanism 38 that bends the pins 2b and 2c penetrating the paper P inward. In addition, as long as the first and second bending members 120a and 120b (refer to FIG. 45) are accessible, they are not limited to the hole portions 116a and 116b, and the second penetration portions 113a and 113b and the pin support portions 115a and 115b may be used. Part of the cutout.

頂推壓部110係被設置於一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間。又,頂推壓部110係對驅動器本體100在上下方向Z可移動的構成,在藉壓頂彈簧46向下方偏壓之狀態,被安裝於驅動器本體100。 The pushing-down portion 110 is provided between the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b. The pusher 110 is configured to be movable in the vertical direction Z of the driver body 100 and is mounted on the driver body 100 in a state of being biased downward by the pusher spring 46.

在本實施例之裝訂機1,如上述所示,貫入機構37下降至既定位置時,折彎機構38動作,開始將針腳2b、2c折彎。因此,因為作成不會受到用紙P之張數(厚度)的差異影響地在既定時序將針腳2b、2c折彎,所以以頂推壓部110之向上下方向Z的移動吸收用紙P之張數(厚度)的差異,使貫入 機構37可下降至既定位置。 In the binding machine 1 of this embodiment, as described above, when the penetrating mechanism 37 is lowered to a predetermined position, the bending mechanism 38 operates to start bending the stitches 2b and 2c. Therefore, since the stitches 2b, 2c are bent at a predetermined timing without being affected by the difference in the number of sheets (thickness) of the sheet P, the number of sheets of the sheet P is absorbed by the movement of the pressing portion 110 in the up and down direction Z. (Thickness) makes penetration The mechanism 37 can be lowered to a predetermined position.

又,貫入機構37係在裝訂機本體5的下部包括導引貫穿用紙P之貫穿刃36a、36b之金屬製的貫穿刃導件117(參照第45圖)。如上述所示,貫穿刃36a、36b係因為驅動器本體100之固定側的基端部與前端的刃部111a、111b對上下方向Z不是位於同一直線上,所以在貫穿刃36a、36b之刃部111a、111b貫穿用紙P時,貫穿刃36a、36b向內側被偏移(貫穿刃36a、36b向內側被傾斜)之力作用。進而,因為一對孔擴張部114a、114b的間隔逐漸地變寬,所以在孔擴張部114a、114b一面推寬貫穿孔p1一面通過時,力亦在貫穿刃36a、36b向內側被偏移(向內側傾斜)之方向作用。 The penetrating mechanism 37 includes a metal penetrating blade guide 117 (see FIG. 45) made of a metal, which guides penetrating blades 36 a and 36 b of the penetrating paper P in the lower portion of the binding machine body 5. As described above, the penetrating blades 36a and 36b are located at the blade portions of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b because the base end portion of the fixed side of the driver body 100 and the front-end blade portions 111a and 111b are not aligned with each other in the vertical direction Z. When 111a and 111b penetrate the paper P, the force of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b is shifted inward (the penetrating blades 36a and 36b are inclined inward). Furthermore, since the distance between the pair of hole expansion portions 114a and 114b gradually widens, when the hole expansion portions 114a and 114b push the penetration hole p1 while passing through, the force is also shifted inward by the penetration blades 36a and 36b ( Tilted inward).

設置防止此貫穿刃36a、36b之向內側方向的偏移且防止往左右方向之偏移的貫穿刃導件117。在貫入動作時,藉由貫穿刃36a、36b沿著呈向下字形之貫穿刃導件117的側面下降,可防止貫穿刃36a、36b之向內側方向的偏移(變形),而可圓滑地進行藉貫穿刃36a、36b之用紙P的貫入動作。 A penetrating blade guide 117 is provided to prevent the penetrating blades 36a, 36b from shifting inwardly and to prevent the penetrating blades from shifting leftward and rightward. When penetrating, the penetrating blades 36a and 36b move downward. The side of the zigzag penetrating blade guide 117 is lowered to prevent the penetrating blades 36a and 36b from shifting inward (deformation), and the penetrating operation of the paper P through the penetrating blades 36a and 36b can be performed smoothly.

如第41圖所示,貫穿刃導件117包括第1導引部117a、與形成高度比第1導引部117a更低的第2導引部117b。又,將第1導引部117a之前方(第2導引部107b側)的上緣角部加工倒角成前下降的錐形或曲線形,而設置倒角部117c。此外,在本實施例,將經由與第1貫穿部112a、112b之間隔大致相同的間隔成形成字形之板構件的前方側切掉,形成段差,將未切掉側作為第1導引部117a,並將切掉之低側作為第2導引部117b,藉此,以一個元件一體地形成第1、第2導引 部117a、117b。根據本構成,可減少裝訂機1之元件數、簡化構成,亦可小形化,且可使第1、第2導引部117a、117b一體地動作。 As shown in FIG. 41, the penetrating blade guide 117 includes a first guide portion 117 a and a second guide portion 117 b having a lower height than the first guide portion 117 a. Moreover, the upper edge corner portion in front of the first guide portion 117a (on the side of the second guide portion 107b) is chamfered into a tapered or curved shape that descends forward to provide a chamfered portion 117c. In addition, in the present embodiment, it is formed through an interval substantially the same as the interval between the first penetration portions 112a and 112b. The front side of the plate member is cut off to form a step. The uncut side is used as the first guide portion 117a, and the lower side is used as the second guide portion 117b. Thereby, one element is integrally formed. The first and second guide portions 117a and 117b. According to this configuration, the number of components of the binding machine 1 can be reduced, the configuration can be simplified, the size can be reduced, and the first and second guide portions 117a and 117b can be operated integrally.

此外,貫穿刃導件117的構成不是被限定成如第1實施例所示,以一元件構成第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b的形態,亦可分開地形成第1、第2導引部117a、117b。又,亦可採用分開地形成之第1、第2導引部117a、117b同步地動作的構成,只要形成貫穿刃36a、36b之因應於貫入量總是可導引其刃尖附近之內側面的連續面,亦可各自獨立地動作。 In addition, the configuration of the penetrating blade guide 117 is not limited to that shown in the first embodiment, and the first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion 117b are constituted by one element. 2guide parts 117a, 117b. In addition, it is also possible to adopt a structure in which the first and second guide portions 117a and 117b formed separately are operated synchronously. As long as the penetration blades 36a and 36b are formed, the inner side surface near the blade edge can always be guided in accordance with the penetration amount. The continuous surface can also be operated independently.

第1導引部117a係為了防止貫入動作時之用紙P的彎曲,第1導引部117a之頂部的高度係作成與載置用紙P之用紙座7大致相等(同一平面)或比用紙座7稍低。藉此,作成可減輕一對貫穿刃36a、36b貫穿用紙P時之負載,而圓滑地進行貫入動作,貫穿孔p1的的寬度不會超出需要。又,藉由採用這種形成高度,在貫穿刃36a、36b貫穿用紙P而刃尖附近的內側面從用紙P突出的時序馬上能以第1導引部117a導引刃尖附近的內側面,可更提高貫穿刃36a、36b之往內側方向及左右方向之偏移的防止效果。 The first guide portion 117a is designed to prevent the paper P from being bent during the penetrating operation. The height of the top of the first guide portion 117a is made to be approximately the same as the paper holder 7 on which the paper P is placed (or the same plane) or to the paper holder 7 Slightly lower. This makes it possible to reduce the load when the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b penetrates the paper P, and smoothly perform the penetrating operation, so that the width of the penetrating hole p1 does not exceed the need. Further, by adopting such a formation height, when the penetrating blades 36a, 36b penetrate the paper P and the inner side surface near the cutting edge protrudes from the paper P, the inner surface near the cutting edge can be guided by the first guide portion 117a immediately, It is possible to further improve the effect of preventing the shift of the penetrating blades 36a, 36b inwardly and laterally.

另一方面,第2導引部117b係在非金屬針2之一對針腳2b、2c與貫穿刃36a、36b一起貫穿用紙P時,可導引貫穿刃36a、36b之前端的高度,採用折彎機構38利用第2導引部117b與裝訂機本體5之間的空間可進行折彎動作的高度。最好,採用比貫穿刃36a、36b下降至最下端時之針腳2b、2c的前端之位置更低的高度,或者不會塞住折彎機構38之第 1、第2折彎構件120a、120b所出入之孔部116a、116的高度。但,在貫穿刃36a、36b到達最下端之前針腳2b、2c之折彎開始的規格時,亦可將第2導引部117b形成為比折彎前之針腳2b、2c的前端之位置更稍高。 On the other hand, when the second guide portion 117b is a pair of pins 2b and 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 and penetrates the paper P together with the penetrating blades 36a and 36b, the height of the front end of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b can be guided and bent. The height at which the mechanism 38 can perform the bending operation using the space between the second guide portion 117b and the binding machine body 5. It is preferable to use a lower height than the positions of the front ends of the pins 2b and 2c when the penetrating blades 36a and 36b are lowered to the lowest end, or to prevent the bending mechanism 38 from being blocked. 1. The height of the hole portions 116a, 116 into and out of the second bending members 120a, 120b. However, in the specifications where the bending of the pins 2b, 2c starts before the penetrating blades 36a, 36b reach the lowermost end, the second guide portion 117b may be formed slightly more than the front ends of the pins 2b, 2c before the bending. high.

又,貫穿刃導件117係被設置於折彎機構38之後述的滑動構件122。以與滑動構件122之往復動作連動的方式,因應於對用紙P之貫穿刃36a、36b的貫穿長度,第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b切換,並被配置於貫穿刃36a、36b之間。在藉貫穿刃36a、36b之貫穿孔p1的形成時(貫穿長度比較短時),第1導引部117a被配置於一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間,並導引貫穿刃36a、36b的前端(至少刃部111a、111b部分,更佳係至第1貫穿部112a、112b)。 The penetrating blade guide 117 is provided on a sliding member 122 described later in the bending mechanism 38. The first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion 117b are switched in accordance with the penetrating length of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b of the paper P in an interlocking manner with the reciprocating action of the sliding member 122, and are arranged at the penetrating blades 36a, 36b. When the through-holes p1 are formed through the penetrating blades 36a and 36b (when the penetrating length is relatively short), the first guide portion 117a is disposed between the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b and guides the penetrating blades 36a and 36b. Tips (at least the blade portions 111a and 111b are more preferably connected to the first penetration portions 112a and 112b).

另一方面,藉由一對貫穿刃36a、36b更下降,深深地貫穿用紙P(貫穿長度變成比較長),非金屬針2之一對針腳2b、2c貫穿用紙P。在貫穿用紙P之針腳2b、2c被折彎機構38折彎時,第1導引部117a從一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間退避,而比此第1導引部117a更低的第2導引部117b存在。藉此第2導引部117b,導引貫穿刃36a、36b的前端,一面抑制貫穿刃6b之向左右方向Y的抖動或向內側的變形,一面不會妨礙藉第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之對針腳2b、2c的折彎動作。貫穿刃36a、36b係藉由形成在對用紙P之貫穿時與非金屬針2之折彎時,因應於貫穿刃36a、36b之貫入量總量可導引其刃尖附近之內側面的連續面,而貫穿刃36a、36b可在第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b之間確實地相對移動。 On the other hand, with the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b falling further, the paper P is penetrated deeply (the penetrating length becomes relatively long), and the pair of pins 2b, 2c of the non-metal needle 2 penetrates the paper P. When the pins 2b and 2c of the penetrating paper P are bent by the bending mechanism 38, the first guide portion 117a retracts from between the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b, and the second guide portion 117a is lower than the first guide portion 117a. The guide part 117b exists. With this, the second guide portion 117b guides the front ends of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b, while suppressing the jitter or inward deformation of the penetrating blade 6b in the left-right direction Y, while preventing the borrowing of the first and second bending members. The bending action of the pins 2b and 2c of 120a and 120b. The penetrating blades 36a and 36b are formed by the penetration of the paper P and the bending of the non-metallic needle 2. According to the total amount of penetration of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b, the continuous inner side surface near the edge of the blade can be guided. Surface, and the penetrating blades 36a, 36b can be reliably moved relative to each other between the first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion 117b.

又,在本實施例,第2導引部117b的上緣係後方側成為水平,但是前方側係逐漸地降低高度,而前下降地傾斜。即,在伴隨滑動構件122的後退,一對貫穿刃36a、36b下降時,沿著其前端(刃尖附近)相對地通過第2導引部117b之側面的路徑使前方側傾斜。藉此傾斜,在一對貫穿刃36a、36b下降至最下端的情況,亦在藉第2導引部117b的兩側壁面確實地導引一對貫穿刃36a、36b的前端下,可抑制孔部116a、116b被塞住。因此,可圓滑地進行第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之在孔部116a、116b的出入。 In this embodiment, the upper side of the second guide portion 117b is horizontal at the rear side, but the front side is gradually lowered in height, and inclined forward. That is, when the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b descends with the retreat of the slide member 122, the front side is relatively inclined along a path passing through the side surface of the second guide portion 117b along the front end (near the blade edge). With this inclination, when the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b is lowered to the lowermost end, the front side of the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b can be surely guided by both side wall surfaces of the second guide portion 117b, and the hole can be suppressed. Portions 116a, 116b are plugged. Therefore, the first and second bending members 120a and 120b can be smoothly moved in and out of the hole portions 116a and 116b.

<貫入機構37的動作例> <Example of operation of penetration mechanism 37>

其次,一面參照第43圖、第44圖之裝訂機本體的說明圖、第40A圖、第40B圖之貫入機構37的動作圖以及第41圖之貫穿刃導件117的動作圖,一面說明貫入機構37的動作例。在貫入動作前之備用位置的狀態(參照第40A圖之狀態A),如第43圖(b)、(e)所示,在一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間,固持藉裁斷成形機構35所進給之字形的非金屬針2。在此時,藉頂推壓部110壓住頂2a,而針腳2b、2c被針腳支撐部115a、115b所支撐。 Next, referring to the explanatory diagrams of the binding machine body in Figs. 43 and 44, the operation diagrams of the penetrating mechanism 37 in Figs. 40A and 40B, and the operation diagrams of the penetrating blade guide 117 in Fig. 41, the penetration will be described. An example of the operation of the mechanism 37. In the state of the standby position before the penetration operation (refer to the state A in Fig. 40A), as shown in Figs. 43 (b) and (e), the cutting and forming mechanism 35 is held between the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b. Fed Z-shaped non-metal needle 2. At this time, the top 2a is pressed by the top pressing portion 110, and the pins 2b, 2c are supported by the pin support portions 115a, 115b.

藉操作把手6之壓下操作而連桿軸15下降時,設置貫入機構37之驅動器本體100下降(參照第41圖(a))。然後,貫穿刃36a、36b到達被載置於用紙座7之用紙P時,藉刃部111a、111b將貫穿孔p1形成於用紙P(參照第40A圖之狀態B的虛線部分),首先,第1貫穿部112a、112b貫穿貫穿孔p1。在此時,藉由將貫穿刃導件117之第1導引部117a配置於貫 穿刃36a、36b之間,防止第1貫穿部112a、112b之向內側方向的傾斜,而可進行圓滑之貫穿。 When the link shaft 15 is lowered by the depression operation of the operation handle 6, the driver body 100 provided with the penetrating mechanism 37 is lowered (see FIG. 41 (a)). Then, when the penetrating blades 36a and 36b reach the paper P placed on the paper holder 7, the penetrating portions 111a and 111b form the penetrating hole p1 in the paper P (refer to the dotted line portion of the state B in FIG. 40A). The 1 penetrating portions 112a and 112b penetrate the penetrating hole p1. At this time, the first guide portion 117a of the penetrating blade guide 117 is disposed in the penetrating portion. Between the penetrating blades 36a and 36b, it is possible to prevent the first penetrating portions 112a and 112b from tilting inward in a smooth direction, and to allow smooth penetration.

貫入機構37進一步下降時,孔擴張部114a、114b一面向外側方向擴大貫穿孔p1一面貫穿用紙P。然後,貫入機構37更下降時,第2貫穿部113a、113b貫穿貫穿孔p1,且第2貫穿部113a、113b之內側所固持之非金屬針2的一對針腳2b、2c貫穿貫穿孔p1(參照第41圖(b))。 When the penetrating mechanism 37 is further lowered, the hole expansion portions 114a and 114b penetrate the paper P while expanding the penetrating hole p1 while facing the outer direction. When the penetrating mechanism 37 is lowered further, the second penetrating portions 113a and 113b penetrate the penetrating hole p1, and the pair of pins 2b and 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 held inside the second penetrating portions 113a and 113b penetrate the penetrating hole p1 ( (See Figure 41 (b)).

又,頂2a到達用紙P時(參照第40A圖之狀態C),藉由頂推壓部110將頂2a推壓至用紙P,可使頂2a與用紙P密接。又,即使在用紙P之張數多的情況,亦如第44圖之各圖所示,在頂推壓部110將頂2a推壓至用紙P並停止之狀態,一面壓縮壓頂彈簧46一面僅驅動器本體100下降。因此,不會受到用紙P之張數影響,可使貫穿刃36a、36b下降至既定位置。因此,可在既定時序圓滑地進行以後之藉折彎機構38之對針腳2b、2c的折彎動作。 When the top 2a reaches the paper P (see state C in FIG. 40A), the top 2a is pressed to the paper P by the top pressing part 110, so that the top 2a and the paper P can be brought into close contact. In addition, even when the number of sheets of paper P is large, as shown in the diagrams of FIG. 44, in the state where the top pressing part 110 pushes the top 2 a to the sheet P and stops, only the top spring 46 is compressed while being compressed. The driver body 100 is lowered. Therefore, the penetration blades 36a, 36b can be lowered to a predetermined position without being affected by the number of sheets of the paper P. Therefore, the subsequent bending operation of the stitches 2b and 2c by the subsequent bending mechanism 38 can be smoothly performed at a predetermined timing.

在此折彎動作之時序,如第41圖(c)所示,貫穿刃導件117與滑動構件122之後退連動地後退,在貫穿刃36a、36b之間,被配置第2導引部117b。因此,可圓滑地進行藉折彎機構38之對針腳2b、2c的折彎動作。此外,作用於貫穿刃36a、36b之力係在第2貫穿部113a、113b上一致,如向內側被傾斜之力難作用於貫穿刃36a、36b。因此,在第2貫穿部113a、113b貫穿貫穿孔p1的時序,即使不導引貫穿刃36a、36b,亦可抑制其變形。可是,在本實施例,在第2貫穿部113a、113b貫穿用紙P之時序,亦藉第2導引部117b導引貫穿刃 36a、36b的前端。因此,防止貫穿刃36a、36b之向內側的變形,且在折彎動作時抑制在一對第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b在貫穿刃36a、36b之孔部116a、116b出入時之貫穿刃36a、36b之向左右方向Y的抖動等,而可更圓滑地進行貫入動作及以後的折彎動作。 At this timing of the bending operation, as shown in FIG. 41 (c), the penetrating blade guide 117 and the sliding member 122 are moved backward and backward, and a second guide portion 117b is arranged between the penetrating blades 36a and 36b. . Therefore, the bending operation of the stitches 2b and 2c by the bending mechanism 38 can be performed smoothly. In addition, the forces acting on the penetrating blades 36a and 36b are uniform on the second penetrating portions 113a and 113b, and it is difficult for the forces inclined to the inside to act on the penetrating blades 36a and 36b. Therefore, at the timing when the second penetrating portions 113a and 113b penetrate the penetrating hole p1, even if the penetrating blades 36a and 36b are not guided, the deformation can be suppressed. However, in this embodiment, at the timing when the paper P is penetrated by the second penetrating portions 113a and 113b, the penetrating blade is guided by the second guiding portion 117b. The front ends of 36a, 36b. Therefore, the inward deformation of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b is prevented, and the pair of first and second bending members 120a and 120b are prevented from entering and exiting the hole portions 116a and 116b of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b during the bending operation. The penetrating blades 36a and 36b can perform the penetrating operation and subsequent bending operations more smoothly by shaking in the left-right direction Y and the like.

裝訂用紙P後,如第41圖(d)所示,滑動構件122與貫穿刃導件117的移動停止。然後,解除操作把手6之推壓時,藉由驅動器本體100與連桿軸15一起上升,貫穿刃36a、36b脫離貫穿孔p1,貫入機構37回到備用位置之狀態。隨著,滑動構件122亦進行回位動作(前進)至原來的位置,第1導引部117a亦朝向貫穿刃36a、36b之間移動。在本實施例,藉由將倒角部117c設置於第1導引部117a的前方,在第1導引部117a回位時,以倒角部117c一面撈起在用紙P之下側重疊的針腳2b、2c一面移動。因此,可更圓滑地進行在針腳2b、2c的下方之第1導引部117a的回位動作,且可抑制針腳2b、2c的捲起。 After binding the paper P, as shown in FIG. 41 (d), the movement of the slide member 122 and the penetrating blade guide 117 is stopped. Then, when the pressing of the operation handle 6 is released, the driver body 100 rises together with the link shaft 15, the penetrating blades 36 a and 36 b leave the penetrating hole p1, and the penetrating mechanism 37 returns to the standby position. As a result, the slide member 122 also performs a returning operation (forward) to the original position, and the first guide portion 117a also moves between the penetrating blades 36a and 36b. In this embodiment, the chamfered portion 117c is provided in front of the first guide portion 117a, and when the first guide portion 117a is returned, the chamfered portion 117c is lifted up to overlap the lower side of the paper P The stitches 2b and 2c move at the same time. Therefore, the returning operation of the first guide portion 117a below the pins 2b and 2c can be performed more smoothly, and the roll-up of the pins 2b and 2c can be suppressed.

其次,一面參照第41A圖、第41B圖,一面說明貫穿刃導件117的變形例。第41A圖、第41B圖係貫穿刃導件117之變形例的動作圖。第41A圖、第41B圖所示之變形例的貫穿刃導件117係只是第2導引部117b的形狀相異,基本構成係與第41圖所示之貫穿刃導件117相同,並包括第1導引部117a、與形成高度比第1導引部117a更低的第2導引部117b。 Next, a modification of the penetrating blade guide 117 will be described with reference to FIGS. 41A and 41B. 41A and 41B are operation diagrams of a modification example of the penetrating blade guide 117. The penetrating blade guide 117 according to the modification shown in Figs. 41A and 41B is different from the shape of the second guide portion 117b. The basic structure is the same as that of the penetrating blade guide 117 shown in Fig. 41 and includes The first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion 117b having a lower height than the first guide portion 117a.

在第41A圖所示之變形例,第2導引部117b的上 緣117d成為從第1導引部117a的前端向前方以相異的2個傾斜角度成直線地傾斜的形狀,側面圖呈將內角作成鈍角的V字形。 In the modification shown in FIG. 41A, the upper portion of the second guide portion 117b The edge 117d has a shape inclined linearly from the front end of the first guide portion 117a to the front at two different inclination angles, and the side view has a V shape in which the inner angle is an obtuse angle.

在第41B圖所示之變形例,第2導引部117b的上緣117d成為從第1導引部117a的前端向前方成曲線地傾斜,且前方側與此曲線連續地成直線性地傾斜的形狀。此外,亦可將第2導引部117b的上緣117d整體作成成曲線地傾斜的形狀。又,在本變形例,將倒角部117c設置於第1導引部117a的前方。 In the modification shown in FIG. 41B, the upper edge 117d of the second guide portion 117b is inclined in a curve from the front end of the first guide portion 117a to the front, and the front side is continuously inclined in a straight line with this curve. shape. In addition, the entire upper edge 117d of the second guide portion 117b may be formed in a curvedly inclined shape. In this modification, the chamfered portion 117c is provided in front of the first guide portion 117a.

這種變形例之貫穿刃導件117亦如在第41A圖、第41B圖之各(a)~(d)的動作圖所示,與第41圖之實施例一樣地動作,可得到與實施例一樣的作用、效果。又,藉由使第2導引部117b的上緣117d成直線性或曲線性地傾斜,可將第2導引部117b作成沿著貫穿刃36a、36b之刃部111a、111b的下降路徑傾斜的形狀。因此,在各變形例的貫穿刃導件117,不會妨礙折彎機構38的折彎動作,更圓滑地導引貫穿刃36a、36b,而可抑制其變形。 The penetrating blade guide 117 of this modification is also shown in the operation diagrams of (a) to (d) in Figs. 41A and 41B, and can be operated in the same manner as the embodiment in Fig. 41, and can be obtained and implemented. Examples have the same effect and effect. Furthermore, by inclining the upper edge 117d of the second guide portion 117b linearly or curvedly, the second guide portion 117b can be inclined along the descending path of the blade portions 111a and 111b penetrating the blades 36a and 36b. shape. Therefore, the penetrating blade guide 117 of each modification can more smoothly guide the penetrating blades 36a and 36b without interfering with the bending operation of the bending mechanism 38, and can suppress the deformation thereof.

[關於折彎機構38] [About the bending mechanism 38]

如第45圖~第48圖等所示,上述之折彎機構38包括:第1折彎構件120a,係將貫穿用紙P之非金屬針2之一方的針腳(在本實施例係右側的針腳)折彎;第2折彎構件120b,係將另一方的針腳(在本實施例係左側的針腳)折彎;相黏貼構件121,係將一方之針腳2b與另一方之針腳2c相黏貼;作為驅動構件之滑動構件122,係按照所決定之順序(sequence) 驅動第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b及相黏貼構件121;以及一對導引面123a、123b(參照第47圖、第50A圖),係被設置於裝訂機本體5,並由向折彎方向導引第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b的傾斜面所構成。 As shown in FIG. 45 to FIG. 48, the above-mentioned bending mechanism 38 includes a first bending member 120a, which is one of the non-metal pins 2 penetrating through the paper P (the right side pins in this embodiment). ) Bending; the second bending member 120b is used to bend the other pin (the pin on the left side in this embodiment); the adhesion member 121 is used to paste the pin 2b on one side and the pin 2c on the other; The sliding member 122 as the driving member is in the determined sequence The first and second bending members 120a and 120b and the adherent member 121 are driven; and a pair of guide surfaces 123a and 123b (refer to Figs. 47 and 50A) are provided on the binding machine body 5 and directed to The bending direction guides the inclined surfaces of the first and second bending members 120a and 120b.

第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b包括:折彎突起124a、124b,係將向上方所突出形成的針腳2b、2c向內折彎;第1、第2傾斜面125a、125b,係與裝訂機本體5之一對導引面123a、123b卡合;以及第1、第2動作段部126a、126b,係滑動構件122所卡合。第1折彎構件120a與第2折彎構件120b係藉滑動構件122之向前後方向X的進退動作控制向上下方向Z及左右方向Y的移動。 The first and second bending members 120a and 120b include: bending protrusions 124a and 124b which bend inwardly the pins 2b and 2c formed by protruding upwards; and first and second inclined surfaces 125a and 125b which are connected to One of the binding machine bodies 5 is engaged with the guide surfaces 123a and 123b; and the first and second operation section portions 126a and 126b are engaged with the sliding member 122. The first bending member 120a and the second bending member 120b control the movement in the up-down direction Z and the left-right direction Y by the forward and backward movement of the sliding member 122 in the forward and backward directions X.

伴隨此向上下方向Z及左右方向Y的移動,第1、第2傾斜面125a、125b沿著一對導引面123a、123b受到導引,藉此,第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b係一面向斜方向擴縮彼此的間隔(接近遠離)一面移動。藉此,第1、第2折彎突起124a、124b在貫穿用紙P之一對貫穿刃36a、36b的孔部116a、116b出入。 Along with this movement in the up-down direction Z and the left-right direction Y, the first and second inclined surfaces 125a and 125b are guided along the pair of guide surfaces 123a and 123b, whereby the first and second bending members 120a, 120b moves while moving toward and away from each other in an oblique direction with an interval (nearly distant). Thereby, the 1st and 2nd bending protrusions 124a and 124b pass in and out of the hole parts 116a and 116b of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b of one of the penetrating sheets P.

第1折彎構件120a與第2折彎構件120b係藉平面圖上U字形之連結彈簧127一體地連結,並構成平面圖上Ω形的折彎單元128。在本實施例,以樹脂將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b及連結彈簧127一體成形,而形成折彎單元128,在將連結彈簧127壓縮之狀態將此折彎單元128安裝於裝訂機本體5的內面。因此,在形狀穩定性或柔軟性優異,對裝訂機本體5之折彎單元128的收容性提高,且可自如地進行第1、 第2折彎構件120a、120b之向上下左右方向的移動。 The first bending member 120a and the second bending member 120b are integrally connected by a U-shaped connecting spring 127 in a plan view, and constitute an Ω-shaped bending unit 128 in a plan view. In this embodiment, the first and second bending members 120a, 120b and the connecting spring 127 are integrally formed with resin to form a bending unit 128, and the bending unit 128 is attached to the binding state while the connecting spring 127 is compressed. The inner surface of the machine body 5. Therefore, it is excellent in shape stability or flexibility, and can accommodate the bending unit 128 of the binding machine main body 5. The second bending members 120a and 120b move in the vertical, horizontal, and leftward directions.

連結彈簧127係向使第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向外側方向移動的方向,即將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向下推之方向(回位方向)偏壓。因此,在第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b藉滑動構件122的回位動作被向下推而回到起始位置時,連結彈簧127的復原力輔助回位動作,並抑制卡住等,而可圓滑地進行回位動作,且可提高回位動作時的操作性。此外,亦可連結彈簧127係作成與上述相反,向使第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向內側移動的方向,即將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向上推的方向偏壓,可提高折彎動作時之操作性。 The connection spring 127 is biased in a direction to move the first and second bending members 120a and 120b outward, that is, in a direction (returning direction) in which the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are pushed downward. Therefore, when the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are pushed down and returned to the starting position by the returning action of the sliding member 122, the restoring force of the connecting spring 127 assists the returning action and suppresses jamming, etc. , And can perform the return movement smoothly, and can improve the operability during the return movement. In addition, the connection spring 127 may be configured to be opposite to the above, and biased in a direction to move the first and second bending members 120a and 120b inward, that is, a direction in which the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are pushed upward. , Can improve the operability during bending action.

在對裝訂機本體5安裝折彎單元128時,如第47圖所示,將突設於連結彈簧127的安裝突部129對設置於裝訂機本體5之前方的孔部130卡合,並將分別突設於第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之安裝突部131a、131b(參照第45圖)對裝訂機本體5,向與導引面123a、123b之傾斜對應地凹設的長孔132a、132b卡合。藉此,防止折彎單元128從裝訂機本體5意外地脫落等,且第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b可向上下左右方向(斜方向)移動。 When the bending unit 128 is attached to the binding machine body 5, as shown in FIG. 47, the mounting protrusion 129 protruding from the connection spring 127 is engaged with the hole portion 130 provided in front of the binding machine body 5, and The mounting protrusions 131a and 131b (see FIG. 45) protruding from the first and second bending members 120a and 120b, respectively, are formed in a length that is recessed corresponding to the inclination of the guide surfaces 123a and 123b toward the binding machine body 5. The holes 132a and 132b are engaged. Thereby, the bending unit 128 is prevented from accidentally falling out of the binding machine body 5 and the like, and the first and second bending members 120a and 120b can be moved upward, downward, leftward, and rightward (oblique directions).

此外,連結彈簧127係不是被限定為在平面圖上U字形者。只要是可將第1折彎構件120a與第2折彎構件120b向向下推方向(或向上推方向)偏壓,亦可是在平面圖上V字形、W字形、I字形等的連結彈簧127。 The coupling spring 127 is not limited to a U-shape in a plan view. As long as the first bending member 120a and the second bending member 120b can be biased in a downward pushing direction (or pushing upward direction), a connecting spring 127 such as a V-shape, a W-shape, or an I-shape in a plan view may be used.

導引第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之一對導引 面123a、123b係如第50A圖所示,以對左右方向Y,下端位於最外側,並朝向上端逐漸地向內側傾斜的面所構成。即,一對導引面123a、123b係在正面圖上被形成為字形。此外,導引面123a、123b未必被限定為連續的面,亦可以分離之複數個面構成。 One pair of guide surfaces 123a, 123b for guiding one of the first and second bending members 120a, 120b is shown in FIG. 50A, with the lower end located at the outermost side in the left-right direction Y, and gradually inclined inward toward the upper end. Surface. That is, a pair of guide surfaces 123a, 123b are formed in a front view as Glyph. In addition, the guide surfaces 123a and 123b are not necessarily limited to continuous surfaces, and may be formed by a plurality of separated surfaces.

各導引面123a、123b的傾斜角度(對水平方向之傾斜角度)係在本實施例被設定成約45°,但是不是被限定為此,可根據第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b或滑動構件122的可動範圍、動作時序等適當地調整。 The inclination angle (inclination angle with respect to the horizontal direction) of each guide surface 123a, 123b is set to about 45 ° in the present embodiment, but it is not limited to this. The first and second bending members 120a, 120b or The movable range, operation timing, and the like of the sliding member 122 are appropriately adjusted.

如本實施例所示,藉由將傾斜角設定成約45°,在裝訂機本體5內之窄空間內,可在使滑動構件122之移動距離儘量短下,將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b高效率地向上推。又,由於貫穿刃36a、36b一面將用紙P之貫穿孔p1向外側方向擴大一面下降,而有貫穿孔p1之下緣向下側翹曲而突出成垂下的情況。在此情況,亦藉由將導引面設定成約45°,避免垂下之緣與第1、第2折彎突起124a、124b的干涉,可使第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b圓滑地向斜方向上下地移動。因此,可提高第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之動作性,亦可提高裝訂機1之操作性或小形化。 As shown in this embodiment, by setting the inclination angle to about 45 °, in the narrow space in the binding machine body 5, the first and second bending members can be made as short as possible as the moving distance of the sliding member 122 is as short as possible. 120a, 120b are pushed up efficiently. In addition, the penetrating blades 36a and 36b may decrease the penetrating hole p1 of the paper P while expanding downward, and the lower edge of the penetrating hole p1 may be warped downward and protrude downward. In this case, by setting the guide surface to about 45 °, interference between the dangling edge and the first and second bending protrusions 124a and 124b can be avoided, so that the first and second bending members 120a and 120b can be smoothly smoothed. Move up and down diagonally. Therefore, the operability of the first and second bending members 120a and 120b can be improved, and the operability or downsizing of the binding machine 1 can also be improved.

相黏貼構件121(參照第45圖)係一端側(前端側)經由向左右方向Y所延伸之支軸133(參照第48圖、第51圖等),被裝訂機本體5軸支成可上下地轉動。在相黏貼構件121之另一端(後端),設置從下側推壓非金屬針2之一方的針腳2b與另一方的針腳2c並相黏貼的推壓部134。藉由相黏貼構件 121以支軸133為支點上下地轉動,推壓部134在上下方向Z移動。 The sticking member 121 (refer to FIG. 45) is one end side (front end side) via a support shaft 133 (refer to FIG. 48, FIG. 51, etc.) extending in the left-right direction Y, and is supported by the binding machine main body in 5 axes so as to be able to move up and down. To turn. On the other end (rear end) of the adhesion member 121, a pressing portion 134 is provided to press one of the pins 2b of the non-metallic needle 2 and the other of the pins 2c from the lower side to adhere to each other. By attaching components 121 rotates up and down with the support shaft 133 as a fulcrum, and the pressing portion 134 moves in the vertical direction Z.

滑動構件122(參照第45圖)係藉由對裝訂機本體5在前後方向X進行滑動移動的動作,將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b及相黏貼構件121適當地向上推或向下推,而使其上下地移動。滑動構件122係如第11圖所示,在可在前後方向X進行滑動移動之狀態被安裝於裝訂機本體5。滑動構件122係藉滑動構件回位彈簧48總是向前方(回位方向)被偏壓。在滑動構件122的後方,設置上述之軸26(滑動構件驅動軸,參照第9圖),藉由被插入上述之連桿18的第3導槽部28(參照第42A圖、第48圖等),連結滑動構件122與連桿18。因此,經由連桿18,連結滑動構件122與操作把手6,而可使滑動構件122與操作把手6之動作連動地動作。 The sliding member 122 (refer to FIG. 45) slides the binding machine body 5 in the front-rear direction X to push the first and second bending members 120 a and 120 b and the adhesion member 121 upward or toward each other as appropriate. Push down to move it up and down. As shown in FIG. 11, the sliding member 122 is attached to the binding machine body 5 in a state capable of sliding movement in the front-rear direction X. The sliding member 122 is always biased forward (returning direction) by the sliding member return spring 48. The above-mentioned shaft 26 (sliding member driving shaft, see Fig. 9) is provided behind the sliding member 122, and the third guide groove portion 28 (see Figs. 42A and 48) is inserted into the above-mentioned link 18 ) To connect the sliding member 122 and the link 18. Therefore, the slide member 122 and the operation handle 6 are connected via the link 18, and the slide member 122 and the operation handle 6 can be operated in conjunction with each other.

連桿18係將操作把手6之向上下方向Z的往復動作變換成滑動構件122之向前後方向X的往復動作。滑動構件122係基本上與連桿18之轉動的動作連動地向前後方向X進行往復動作(參照第42E圖等)。進而,藉由第3導槽部28被形成為在上下方向Z長,在保持軸26與第3導槽部28之卡合下,僅容許連桿18及操作把手6在上下方向Z移動。 The link 18 converts the reciprocating motion of the operating handle 6 in the up-down direction Z into the reciprocating motion of the sliding member 122 in the forward-backward direction X. The slide member 122 basically reciprocates in the forward and backward direction X in conjunction with the rotation of the link 18 (see FIG. 42E and the like). Furthermore, the third guide groove portion 28 is formed to be long in the vertical direction Z, and only the link 18 and the operation handle 6 are allowed to move in the vertical direction Z under the engagement of the holding shaft 26 and the third guide groove portion 28.

即,操作把手6與滑動構件122係成為經由連桿18基本上是連動地動作,但是亦容許僅另一方之既定的動作,而且彼此不會分離地保持連結狀態的構成。 That is, the operation handle 6 and the sliding member 122 are basically configured to operate in conjunction with each other via the link 18, but only a predetermined operation of the other one is allowed, and the connected state is maintained without being separated from each other.

又,如第45圖(c)所示,在滑動構件122,被安裝於上述之貫穿刃導件117,並可與滑動構件122一體地向前後 方向X進行往復動作。在滑動構件122後退而第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b在一對貫穿刃36a、36b的孔部116a、116b出入時,貫穿刃導件117亦與滑動構件122一起向後方移動,第1導引部117a從貫穿刃36a、36b之間退避,而配置第2導引部117b。因此,可防止折彎動作時之貫穿刃導件117與第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之干涉。 As shown in FIG. 45 (c), the sliding member 122 is mounted on the penetrating blade guide 117 described above, and can be integrated forward and backward with the sliding member 122. The direction X is reciprocated. When the sliding member 122 is retracted and the first and second bending members 120a and 120b come in and out of the pair of hole portions 116a and 116b of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b, the penetrating blade guide 117 also moves backward together with the sliding member 122. The first guide portion 117a is retracted from between the penetration blades 36a and 36b, and a second guide portion 117b is disposed. Therefore, interference between the penetrating blade guide 117 and the first and second bending members 120 a and 120 b during the bending operation can be prevented.

滑動構件122係在左右方向Y的兩側,設置控制第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之向上下方向Z及左右方向Y之移動的第1、第2側壁135a、135b。第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之第1、第2動作段部126a、126b分別與此第1、第2側壁135a、135b卡合。 The sliding member 122 is provided on both sides of the left-right direction Y, and the first and second side walls 135a and 135b that control the movement of the first and second bending members 120a and 120b in the up-down direction Z and the left-right direction Y are provided. The first and second operating step portions 126a and 126b of the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are engaged with the first and second side walls 135a and 135b, respectively.

如第46圖所示,該第1、第2側壁135a、135b係從後方(第46圖中上側)向前方(第46圖中下側)依序包括:第1、第2備用部136a、136b,係不會將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向上推地保持於備用位置(起始位置);第1、第2動作部137a、137b,係一面將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向上推,一面向內側方向導引;以及第1、第2保持部138a、138b,係為了不會將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向上推既定量以上,而在既定向上推之狀態保持。 As shown in FIG. 46, the first and second side walls 135a and 135b are sequentially from the rear (upper side in FIG. 46) to the front (lower side in FIG. 46). The first and second spare parts 136a, 136b, the first and second bending members 120a, 120b are not pushed up and held in the standby position (starting position); the first and second action portions 137a, 137b are the first and second folds The bending members 120a and 120b are pushed upward and guided toward the inside; and the first and second holding portions 138a and 138b are not to push the first and second bending members 120a and 120b upward by more than a predetermined amount, and The state of pushing in the existing direction remains.

第1、第2備用部136a、136b係以不會將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向上推的高度所形成。第1、第2動作部137a、137b係如第45圖、第50A圖、第50B圖所示,藉往前方逐漸地變高之傾斜面所形成。進而,第1、第2動作部137a、137b係如第46圖所示,以往前方逐漸地位於內側的 方式所形成,並構成為彼此的間隔往前方逐漸地變窄。第1、第2保持部138a、138b係與第1、第2動作部137a、137b連續,並沿著滑動構件122之延伸方向水平地形成。 The first and second spare portions 136a and 136b are formed at a height that does not push the first and second bending members 120a and 120b upward. The first and second operation sections 137a and 137b are formed by inclined surfaces that gradually increase in height as shown in Figs. 45, 50A, and 50B. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 46, the first and second operation sections 137a and 137b are conventionally located inwardly on the front. The method is formed so that the interval between each other gradually narrows forward. The first and second holding portions 138 a and 138 b are continuous with the first and second operation portions 137 a and 137 b and are formed horizontally along the extending direction of the sliding member 122.

在本實施例,首先,使第1折彎構件120a動作,將右側之一方的針腳2b折彎。接著,在既定相差之介入下,使第2折彎構件120b動作,將左側之另一方的針腳2c折彎。為了作成可實現之,在前後方向X將第1動作部137a之開始位置設置於比第2動作部137b的位置更後方側。根據本構成,滑動構件122後退時,首先,第1動作部137a經由第1動作段部126a將第1折彎構件120a向上推,且向內側方向(使第1折彎突起124a從一方之孔部116a突出的方向)導引。然後,第2動作部137b經由第2動作段部126b將第2折彎構件120b向上推,且向內側方向(使第2折彎突起124b從另一方之孔部116b突出的方向)導引。 In this embodiment, first, the first bending member 120a is operated, and the right-side pin 2b is bent. Next, with the intervention of a predetermined phase difference, the second bending member 120b is operated to bend the other stitch 2c on the left side. In order to achieve this, the start position of the first operation portion 137a is provided on the rear side in the front-rear direction X than the position of the second operation portion 137b. According to this configuration, when the sliding member 122 is retracted, first, the first movement portion 137a pushes the first bending member 120a upward through the first movement step portion 126a and moves inward (with the first bending protrusion 124a from one of the holes). Direction in which the portion 116a protrudes). Then, the second operating portion 137b pushes the second bending member 120b upward through the second operating step portion 126b, and guides the second bending member 120b inward (direction in which the second bending protrusion 124b protrudes from the other hole portion 116b).

另一方面,如第45圖、第48圖所示,在滑動構件122的前端,設置在左右方向Y所延伸之動作軸139,此動作軸139與設置於相黏貼構件121之壁面的凸輪槽140卡合。凸輪槽140與動作軸139係相黏貼構件121之驅動機構的一例,係將滑動構件122之向前後方向X的移動變換成相黏貼構件121之向上下方向Z的轉動動作。 On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 45 and 48, an operation shaft 139 extending in the left-right direction Y is provided at the front end of the sliding member 122, and the operation shaft 139 and a cam groove provided on the wall surface of the adhesion member 121 are provided. 140 snaps. The cam groove 140 and the operating shaft 139 are an example of a driving mechanism of the adhesion member 121, and converts the movement of the sliding member 122 in the forward and backward direction X into a rotation operation of the adhesion member 121 in the upward and downward directions Z.

凸輪槽140包括:備用槽部141,係對滑動構件122之向前後方向X的移動,不會使相黏貼構件121轉動而保持於備用位置(起始位置);轉動槽部142,係使相黏貼構件121轉動;以及保持槽部143,係在既定之轉動狀態保持相黏貼構 件121。 The cam groove 140 includes: a spare groove portion 141, which moves the sliding member 122 in the forward and backward direction X, and does not rotate the phase adhesion member 121 and is maintained in a standby position (starting position); and the rotation groove portion 142 is used to make the phase The adhesive member 121 rotates; and the holding groove portion 143 maintains the adhesive structure in a predetermined rotating state. Piece 121.

備用槽部141係如第51圖之各圖所示,由在對相黏貼構件121之延伸方向傾斜,且相黏貼構件121位於備用位置,推壓部134位於最低點之狀態成為水平之形狀的槽所構成。轉動槽部142係由在與備用槽部141成為對稱之方向傾斜之形狀的槽所構成。保持槽部143係由沿著相黏貼構件121之延伸方向之形狀的槽所構成。 The spare groove portion 141 is inclined in the extending direction of the opposing adhesive member 121 as shown in each figure of FIG. 51, and the adhesive member 121 is located at the standby position, and the pressing portion 134 is at the lowest point and becomes horizontal. The groove is made up. The rotation groove portion 142 is a groove formed in a shape inclined in a direction symmetrical to the spare groove portion 141. The holding groove portion 143 is a groove having a shape along the extending direction of the adhesive member 121.

如上述所示,藉由構成凸輪槽140與動作軸139,滑動構件122向後方移動,藉由在第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b將針腳2b、2c折彎的時序,動作軸139通過備用槽部141,相黏貼構件121不會轉動,而成為備用狀態。藉由在藉第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之對針腳2c的折彎結束的時序,動作軸139通過轉動槽部142,相黏貼構件121轉動,推壓部134上升,而推壓針腳2b、2c並相黏貼。然後,藉由動作軸139通過保持槽部143,相黏貼構件121停止轉動,推壓部134被保持於上升之狀態。 As described above, by constituting the cam groove 140 and the operation shaft 139, the sliding member 122 moves backward, and when the pins 2b and 2c are bent by the first and second bending members 120a and 120b, the operation shaft 139 With the backup groove portion 141, the adhesion member 121 does not rotate, and becomes a standby state. At the timing when the bending of the pin 2c by the first and second bending members 120a and 120b is completed, the operation shaft 139 rotates the groove member 142, and the adhesion member 121 rotates, and the pressing portion 134 rises and presses. Pins 2b, 2c are stuck together. Then, the operation shaft 139 passes through the holding groove portion 143, the rotation of the adhesion member 121 stops, and the pressing portion 134 is maintained in a raised state.

<折彎機構38的動作例> <Example of Operation of Bending Mechanism 38>

其次,一面參照第49圖~第51圖等之折彎機構之各構件的動作圖,一面說明折彎機構38的動作例。在第51圖(a)之操作把手6之壓下操作前的備用位置(起始位置),第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b係位於最低點(第50A圖)。藉由滑動構件122之動作軸139係位於相黏貼構件121之備用槽部141,推壓部134位於最低點(參照第49圖(a)等)。 Next, an operation example of the bending mechanism 38 will be described with reference to the operation diagrams of the members of the bending mechanism, such as FIG. 49 to FIG. 51. In the standby position (starting position) before the pressing operation of the operating handle 6 in Fig. 51 (a), the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are located at the lowest point (Fig. 50A). The operating shaft 139 of the sliding member 122 is located at the spare groove portion 141 of the adhesion member 121, and the pressing portion 134 is located at the lowest point (refer to FIG. 49 (a) and the like).

藉由對操作把手6進行壓下操作,貫入機構37動 作,在貫穿刃36a、36b之第1貫穿部112a、112b貫穿用紙P的時序,連桿18開始轉動(參照第42D圖、第42E圖)。藉第3導槽部28導引軸26,藉此,滑動構件122向後方開始移動(後退),折彎機構38動作。首先,第1動作部137a的上端將第1動作段部126a向上推,藉此,一方之導引面123a所導引之第1折彎構件120a在斜方向上升。藉此,第1折彎突起124a從一方之孔部116a向一對貫穿刃36a、36b的內側突出,而將一方之針腳2b折彎。接著,在既定相差之介入下,第2動作部137b的上端將第2動作段部126b向上推,藉此,另一方之導引面123b所導引之第2折彎構件120b在斜方向上升。藉此,第2折彎突起124b從另一方之孔部116b向一對貫穿刃36a、36b的內側突出,而將另一方之針腳2c折彎(以上,參照第50B圖)。 By pushing down the operation handle 6, the penetrating mechanism 37 moves At the timing when the first penetrating portions 112a, 112b of the penetrating blades 36a, 36b penetrate the paper P, the link 18 starts to rotate (see FIGS. 42D and 42E). When the shaft 26 is guided by the third guide groove portion 28, the sliding member 122 starts to move backward (retreat), and the bending mechanism 38 operates. First, the upper end of the first operation section 137a pushes the first operation section section 126a upward, whereby the first bending member 120a guided by one guide surface 123a rises diagonally. Thereby, the 1st bending protrusion 124a protrudes from the one hole part 116a to the inside of a pair of penetration blades 36a, 36b, and bends the one stitch 2b. Next, under the intervention of a predetermined phase difference, the upper end of the second action portion 137b pushes the second action segment portion 126b upward, whereby the second bending member 120b guided by the other guide surface 123b rises diagonally. . Thereby, the 2nd bending protrusion 124b protrudes from the other hole part 116b toward the inside of a pair of penetration blades 36a, 36b, and bends the other stitch 2c (refer above, FIG. 50B).

此外,亦可構成為在一方之針腳2b完全地被折彎之狀態,使藉第2折彎構件120b之對另一方之針腳2c的折彎開始,但是在本實施例,在第1折彎構件120a將一方之針腳2b向內側稍微地折彎的時序(相差)使藉第2折彎構件120b之對另一方之針腳2c的折彎開始。在此情況,亦可一方之針腳2b與另一方之針腳2c不會發生干涉地折彎,且可使一對針腳2b、2c之折彎所需之滑動構件122的移動距離(行程)更短。 In addition, it may be configured such that the bending of the second bending member 120b to the other pin 2c is started in a state in which one of the pins 2b is completely bent, but in this embodiment, the first bending The timing (phase difference) in which the member 120a slightly bends one of the pins 2b inwardly starts the bending of the other pin 2c by the second bending member 120b. In this case, one pin 2b and the other pin 2c can be bent without interference, and the moving distance (stroke) of the sliding member 122 required for the bending of the pair of pins 2b and 2c can be made shorter. .

又,利用滑動構件122與導引面123a、123b的作用,使第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b在斜方向上升。因為從對針腳2b、2c大致正交之方向將針腳2b、2c折彎,所以不施加逃避防止對策,亦可抑制針腳2b、2c之往前後方向X的逃 避。因此,可將針腳2b、2c圓滑地折彎,且亦抑制針腳2b、2c之折痕的彎曲等,亦可提高外觀或裝訂功能。 Moreover, the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are raised in the oblique direction by the action of the sliding member 122 and the guide surfaces 123a and 123b. Since the pins 2b and 2c are bent from a direction substantially orthogonal to the pins 2b and 2c, the escape of the pins 2b and 2c to the front-back direction X can be suppressed without applying an escape prevention measure. avoid. Therefore, the pins 2b and 2c can be smoothly bent, and the bending of the creases of the pins 2b and 2c can be suppressed, and the appearance or binding function can be improved.

此外,在針腳2b、2c之折彎時,藉由滑動構件122後退,貫穿刃導件117之第1導引部117a從一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間向後方退避,配置第2導引部117b(參照第41圖(c)、第49圖(b))。因此,可利用裝訂機本體5與第2導引部117b之間的空間來進行折彎動作,可在不會與貫穿刃導件117發生干涉下,第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b通過孔部116a、116b。又,在第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b動作之間,因為動作軸139位於備用槽部141,所以相黏貼構件121不會動作,而被保持備用狀態。 In addition, when the stitches 2b and 2c are bent, the slide member 122 is retracted, and the first guide portion 117a of the penetrating blade guide 117 is retracted backward from between the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b to arrange the second guide. 117b (refer to FIG. 41 (c), FIG. 49 (b)). Therefore, the bending operation can be performed using the space between the stapler body 5 and the second guide 117b, and the first and second bending members 120a and 120b can be made without interference with the penetrating blade guide 117. Passes through the holes 116a, 116b. In addition, since the operating shaft 139 is located in the spare groove portion 141 between the operations of the first and second bending members 120a and 120b, the adhesion member 121 does not operate and is kept in a standby state.

又,在本實施例,採用將對第1折彎構件120a之第1動作部137b的結束側(前方)形成為稍低,在一方之針腳2b的折彎結束的時間點,如從第50C圖之狀態至第50D圖所示,使第1折彎構件120a下降的構成。根據本構成,可更抑制第1折彎構件120a與另一方之針腳2c的干涉。尤其,在使用針腳2b、2c被形成長之非金屬針的情況或用紙P的厚度薄而從用用紙P所突出的針腳2b、2c變長的情況等係有效。因此,可作成可在不會受到所使用之非金屬針2的種類或用紙P之厚度的變化等影響下,將針腳2b、2c圓滑地折彎的裝訂機1。 Further, in this embodiment, it is adopted that the end side (front) of the first action portion 137b of the first bending member 120a is formed to be slightly lower, and at the time point when the bending of one of the pins 2b ends, such as from the 50C From the state shown in FIG. 50D to FIG. 50D, the first bending member 120a is lowered. According to this configuration, it is possible to further suppress interference between the first bending member 120a and the other pin 2c. In particular, it is effective when a long non-metallic needle is used with the pins 2b and 2c or when the paper P is thin and the pins 2b and 2c protruding from the paper P become long. Therefore, a binding machine 1 that can smoothly bend the pins 2b and 2c without being affected by the type of the non-metallic needle 2 used, the thickness of the paper P, and the like can be produced.

一對針腳2b、2c之折彎結束時,第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之第1、第2動作段部126a、126b位於第1、第2保持部138a、138b,藉此,第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b停止上升。在此時序,藉由動作軸139通過轉動槽部142,相 黏貼構件121以支軸133為支點轉動,而推壓部134上升,推壓一方之針腳2b與另一方之針腳2c並相黏貼(參照第49圖(c)、第50C圖、第51圖(c))。在此時,亦因為貫穿刃導件117的第2導引部117b位於一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間,所以相黏貼構件121的動作不會受到貫穿刃導件117影響。針腳2b、2c之相黏貼結束時,動作軸139通過保持槽部143,藉此,相黏貼構件121停止轉動(第51圖(c))。然後,滑動構件122亦停止後退(第49圖(c))。 When the bending of the pair of stitches 2b and 2c is completed, the first and second operating section portions 126a and 126b of the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are positioned on the first and second holding portions 138a and 138b, thereby, The first and second bending members 120a and 120b stop rising. At this timing, the operation shaft 139 passes the rotation groove 142, and the phase The sticking member 121 rotates with the support shaft 133 as a fulcrum, and the pressing portion 134 rises, and pushes and sticks one pin 2b and the other pin 2c (see Fig. 49 (c), 50C, and 51) ( c)). At this time, since the second guide portion 117b of the penetrating blade guide 117 is located between the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b, the operation of the adhesion member 121 is not affected by the penetrating blade guide 117. When the adhesion of the pins 2b and 2c is completed, the operation shaft 139 passes through the holding groove portion 143, thereby stopping the rotation of the adhesion member 121 (Fig. 51 (c)). Then, the sliding member 122 also stops retreating (Fig. 49 (c)).

接著,藉由解除操作把手6的壓下操作,藉把手回位彈簧45的復原力將操作把手6向上推,而連桿18向回位方向轉動,並被第3導槽部28導引,藉此,滑動構件122向回位方向(前方)移動。依此方式,可利用連桿18使滑動構件122強迫地回位,但是在本實施例,更設置滑動構件回位彈簧48。利用此滑動構件回位彈簧48的偏壓力輔助滑動構件122之向回位方向的移動,回位動作可更圓滑。 Next, by releasing the pressing operation of the operation handle 6, the operation handle 6 is pushed upward by the restoring force of the handle return spring 45, and the link 18 is rotated in the return direction and guided by the third guide groove portion 28. Thereby, the sliding member 122 moves to a return direction (front). In this way, the sliding member 122 can be forcibly returned by the link 18, but in this embodiment, a sliding member return spring 48 is further provided. The biasing force of the sliding member return spring 48 assists the movement of the sliding member 122 in the returning direction, so that the returning movement can be smoother.

伴隨該滑動構件122的回位動作,動作軸139通過轉動槽部142,回到備用槽部141,藉此,推壓部134下降,回到備用位置。又,藉由滑動構件122利用第1、第2動作部137a、137b之外壁面一面向外側方向推壓第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b一面移動,使第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向在向下推方向及左右方向Y彼此分開的方向被強迫地移動。又,亦結合連結彈簧127的偏壓力,將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b圓滑地向下推及分開,可回到起始位置。依此方式,可與操作把手6之回位動作連動地利用連桿18使折彎機構38的各 部回到起始位置。 Along with the return operation of the sliding member 122, the operating shaft 139 returns to the standby groove portion 141 by turning the groove portion 142, whereby the pressing portion 134 is lowered and returned to the standby position. In addition, the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are pushed by the sliding member 122 with the outer wall surfaces of the first and second action portions 137a and 137b facing outward, and the first and second bending members are moved. 120a and 120b are forcibly moved in a direction where they are separated from each other in the downward pushing direction and the left-right direction Y. In addition, in combination with the biasing force of the connecting spring 127, the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are smoothly pushed down and separated to return to the starting position. In this way, each of the bending mechanisms 38 can be linked with the return operation of the operation handle 6 by using the link 18. The part returns to the starting position.

又,利用上述之連桿18,可對藉操作把手6所直接驅動的貫入機構37等,在整個區域並在既定時序連動地使折彎機構38動作,且回位動作亦可連動。在不具有這種在整個區域之連動關係的情況,滑動構件122之回位與貫入機構37等之回位係分別獨立地進行。因此,例如,即使因塞紙或滑動構件回位彈簧48的動作不良等而滑動構件122不回位,亦僅貫入機構37等單獨地回位。因此,可能操作者不會注意到折彎機構38的不良而繼續進行裝訂作業,可能影響構成構件之耐久性或裝訂機1的操作性。 In addition, by using the link 18 described above, the bending mechanism 38 can be operated in the entire area at a predetermined timing in relation to the penetrating mechanism 37 and the like that are directly driven by the operation handle 6, and the returning operation can also be interlocked. When there is no such interlocking relationship in the entire area, the returning of the sliding member 122 and the returning mechanism 37 and the like are performed independently. Therefore, for example, even if the sliding member 122 does not return due to a paper jam, a malfunction of the sliding member return spring 48, or the like, only the penetrating mechanism 37 and the like return individually. Therefore, the operator may continue the binding operation without noticing the defect of the bending mechanism 38, which may affect the durability of the constituent members or the operability of the binding machine 1.

相對地,在本實施例,因為各機構的動作及回位動作藉連桿18連動,在操作把手6、裁斷成形機構35、貫入機構37、折彎機構38之其中一個發生動作不良或回位不良的情況,其他的機構或操作把手6的動作或回位動作亦停止。因此,操作者係在操作把手6不完全地回位至起始位置時等,可易於掌握在其中一個機構發生動作不良,而可迅速地處理。又,防止因未注意到動作不良而繼續操作,並防止構成構件的卡住等,而可提高裝訂機1之耐久性。 In contrast, in this embodiment, because the actions of the various mechanisms and the return movement are linked by the link 18, one of the operation handle 6, the cutting forming mechanism 35, the penetrating mechanism 37, and the bending mechanism 38 malfunctions or returns. In an unfavorable situation, the operation or return operation of other mechanisms or the operation handle 6 is also stopped. Therefore, the operator can easily grasp that a malfunction occurs in one of the mechanisms when the operation handle 6 is not completely returned to the starting position, etc., and can quickly handle it. In addition, it is possible to prevent the operation from being continued due to failure to be noticed, and to prevent jamming of the constituent members, etc., thereby improving the durability of the binding machine 1.

其次,一面參照第52圖,一面說明折彎機構的變形例。在該實施例,利用連結第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之連結彈簧127的彈力,將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向回位方向(向下推方向)偏壓。相對地,在第52圖(a)~(c)的變形例,利用線圈彈簧將分別地形成之第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向向上推方向或向下推方向偏壓。 Next, a modification of the bending mechanism will be described with reference to FIG. 52. In this embodiment, the first and second bending members 120a, 120b are biased in the returning direction (downward pushing direction) by the elastic force of the connecting spring 127 that connects the first and second bending members 120a, 120b. In contrast, in the modified examples of FIGS. 52 (a) to (c), the first and second bending members 120a and 120b respectively formed by the coil springs are biased in a pushing-up direction or a pushing-down direction.

在第52圖(a)所示之變形例,利用在設置於第1折彎構件120a之突起145、與設置於裝訂機本體5之側面的突起145之間的扭轉線圈彈簧146,將第1折彎構件120a向向上推方向偏壓。又,利用在第2折彎構件120b的下端與裝訂機本體5的底面之間所配置的壓縮線圈彈簧147,將第2折彎構件120b向向上推方向偏壓。此外,亦可藉壓縮線圈彈簧147對第1折彎構件120a偏壓,並藉扭轉線圈彈簧146對第2折彎構件120b偏壓,亦可藉扭轉線圈彈簧146或壓縮線圈彈簧147對第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之雙方偏壓。 In the modification shown in FIG. 52 (a), the first torsion coil spring 146 is provided between the protrusion 145 provided on the first bending member 120a and the protrusion 145 provided on the side surface of the binding machine body 5, and the first The bending member 120a is biased in a pushing-up direction. Further, the second bending member 120b is biased in the upward direction by a compression coil spring 147 disposed between the lower end of the second bending member 120b and the bottom surface of the binding machine body 5. In addition, the first bending member 120a may be biased by the compression coil spring 147, and the second bending member 120b may be biased by the torsion coil spring 146, and the first bending member 120b may also be biased by the torsion coil spring 146 or the compression coil spring 147. Both the second bending members 120a and 120b are biased.

在第52圖(b)所示之變形例,利用在設置於第1折彎構件120a之突起145、與設置於裝訂機本體5之頂面的突起145之間的扭轉線圈彈簧149,將第1折彎構件120a向回位方向偏壓。又,利用在設置於第2折彎構件120b之彈簧安裝部148、與設置於裝訂機本體5之彈簧安裝部148之間所配置的拉伸線圈彈簧150,將第2折彎構件120b向回位方向偏壓。此外,亦可藉拉伸線圈彈簧150對第1折彎構件120a偏壓,並藉扭轉線圈彈簧149對第2折彎構件120b偏壓,亦可藉扭轉線圈彈簧149或拉伸線圈彈簧150對第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之雙方偏壓。 In the modification shown in FIG. 52 (b), the torsion coil spring 149 provided between the protrusion 145 provided on the first bending member 120a and the protrusion 145 provided on the top surface of the binding machine body 5 The 1 bending member 120a is biased in the return direction. Further, the second bending member 120b is returned by the tension coil spring 150 disposed between the spring mounting portion 148 provided in the second bending member 120b and the spring mounting portion 148 provided in the binding machine body 5. Bit direction bias. In addition, the first bending member 120a may be biased by the tensile coil spring 150, and the second bending member 120b may be biased by the torsion coil spring 149, and the pair of 150 Both the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are biased.

在第52圖(c)所示之變形例,在設置於第1折彎構件120a之彈簧安裝部148、與設置於第2折彎構件120b的彈簧安裝部148之間配置壓縮線圈彈簧151,將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向回位方向偏壓。此外,亦可替代壓縮線圈彈簧151,配置拉伸線圈彈簧150,將第1、第2折彎構件120a、 120b向向上推方向偏壓。 In the modification shown in FIG. 52 (c), a compression coil spring 151 is disposed between a spring mounting portion 148 provided on the first bending member 120a and a spring mounting portion 148 provided on the second bending member 120b. The first and second bending members 120a and 120b are biased in the returning direction. In addition, instead of the compression coil spring 151, a tension coil spring 150 may be arranged, and the first and second bending members 120a, 120b is biased in a push-up direction.

如本實施例、第52圖(b)及(c)之各變形例所示,藉由將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向回位方向偏壓,可提高第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之向下推時的操作性。又,如第52圖(a)之變形例所示,藉由將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向向上推方向偏壓,可提高第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之向上推時的操作性。 As shown in this embodiment and each modification of Figs. 52 (b) and (c), by biasing the first and second bending members 120a and 120b in the returning direction, the first and second bending members can be increased. Operability when the bending members 120a and 120b are pushed down. Further, as shown in the modification of FIG. 52 (a), by biasing the first and second bending members 120a and 120b in the upward direction, the first and second bending members 120a and 120b can be increased. Operability when pushing up.

此外,對第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b偏壓之手段不是被限定為實施例或變形例,亦可使用板彈簧、蝸旋彈簧等其他的彈簧。亦可使用彈簧以外的偏壓手段。又,因為藉滑動構件122的動作部可充分地控制第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b的上下動,所以亦可未必設置這種偏壓手段。 The means for biasing the first and second bending members 120a and 120b is not limited to the embodiment or the modification, and other springs such as a plate spring and a volute spring may be used. It is also possible to use a biasing means other than a spring. In addition, since the up and down movements of the first and second bending members 120a and 120b can be sufficiently controlled by the operating portion of the sliding member 122, such a biasing means may not necessarily be provided.

或者,亦可不採用使滑動構件122之第1、第2動作部137a、137b的間隔逐漸地變窄的構成,而採用僅第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之上下方向Z的移動藉滑動構件122強迫地進行,並藉偏壓手段進行左右方向Y之移動的構成。或者,亦可採用第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之左右方向Y的移動藉滑動構件122強迫地進行,並藉偏壓手段進行上下方向Z之移動的構成。在任一種的情況,都可結合一對導引面123a、123b的導引功能,圓滑地驅動第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b。 Alternatively, instead of gradually narrowing the interval between the first and second operating portions 137a and 137b of the sliding member 122, only the movement of the first and second bending members 120a and 120b in the upward and downward directions Z may be adopted. The sliding member 122 is forcibly performed, and is configured to move in the left-right direction Y by a biasing means. Alternatively, a configuration in which the movement in the left-right direction Y of the first and second bending members 120a and 120b is performed by the sliding member 122 and the movement in the up-down direction Z by a biasing means may be adopted. In either case, the guide functions of the pair of guide surfaces 123a and 123b can be combined to smoothly drive the first and second bending members 120a and 120b.

[關於成形機構與壓針機構之非金屬針2的成形構造及作用效果] [About the forming structure and effect of the non-metallic needle 2 of the forming mechanism and the press needle mechanism]

(構成1)如上述所示,本實施例之裝訂機1包括: 成形機構(成形構件102),係將平坦之狀態的非金屬針折彎並成形成字形;及壓針機構(壓針板92),係固持成形成字形之非金屬針2的針腳2b、2c。 (Configuration 1) As described above, the binding machine 1 of this embodiment includes a forming mechanism (forming member 102), which is formed by bending and forming a flat non-metal needle. Zigzag shape; and pressure needle mechanism (pressure needle plate 92), which is held to form Pins 2b, 2c of the non-metallic pin 2 in a zigzag shape.

在成形機構與壓針機構之間,交換成形成字形之非金屬針2。 The forming mechanism and the press needle mechanism are exchanged to form Zigzag of non-metal needle 2.

成形機構與壓針機構係對非金屬針2,被設置成可沿著將該非金屬針2折彎成字形的方向相對地移動,且被設置成成形機構與壓針機構可彼此相對地移動。 The forming mechanism and the pressing needle mechanism are arranged on the non-metal needle 2 and can be bent along the non-metal needle 2 The direction of the glyph is relatively moved, and the forming mechanism and the press needle mechanism are provided so as to be movable relative to each other.

成形機構構成為對非金屬針2及壓針機構相對地移動,並將非金屬針2向移動方向折彎。 The forming mechanism is configured to relatively move the non-metal needle 2 and the pressing mechanism, and bend the non-metal needle 2 in the moving direction.

壓針機構構成為在成形機構將非金屬針2折彎成字形時,退避至與被折彎之針腳2b、2c不接觸的位置,而在接受被折彎並形成字形的非金屬針2時,藉由朝向非金屬針2相對地移動,固持成形成字形之非金屬針2的針腳2b、2c。 The needle press mechanism is configured to bend the non-metal needle 2 into In the shape of the figure, it is retracted to a position where it does not contact the bent pins 2b, 2c, and it is formed after receiving the bent When the non-metal needle 2 in the shape of a letter is moved relatively to the non-metal needle 2, it is held to form Pins 2b, 2c of the non-metallic pin 2 in a zigzag shape.

(作用效果1)根據該構成,藉由成形機構沿著該非金屬針2成形成字形的方向相對地移動,將非金屬針2成形成字形。在此時,因為壓針機構退避至與針腳2b、2c不接觸的位置,所以可減少成形成字形時之對針腳2b、2c的負載。成形後,藉由壓針機構向非金屬針2的方向相對地移動,可固持針腳2b、2c。依此方式,只是使成形機構與壓針機構對非金屬針2相對地移動,可進行非金屬針2的成形與交換。又,藉壓針機構固持針腳2b、2c,藉此,可維持字形之成形狀態,且可抑制針腳2b、2c的變形等。因此,可將非金屬針2更穩 定地成形。 (Effect 1) According to this configuration, the forming mechanism is formed along the non-metal needle 2 The zigzag direction moves relatively to form the non-metal needle Glyph. At this time, since the presser mechanism is retracted to a position where it is not in contact with the pins 2b, 2c, the formation can be reduced. The load on pins 2b and 2c in the font. After forming, the needles 2b and 2c can be held by being relatively moved in the direction of the non-metallic needle 2 by the needle pressing mechanism. In this manner, the non-metallic needle 2 can be formed and exchanged by merely moving the forming mechanism and the presser mechanism relative to the non-metallic needle 2. In addition, the pins 2b and 2c are held by the needle pressing mechanism, thereby maintaining the pins 2b and 2c. The shape of the shape can suppress the deformation of the pins 2b and 2c. Therefore, the non-metallic needle 2 can be formed more stably.

(構成2)成形機構係具有將非金屬針2折彎而成形成字形的成形構件102,亦可成形構件102係具有一對臂部102a,該一對臂部102a係將非金屬針2折彎並向成形成字形的方向大致平行地延伸,將針腳2b、2c折彎,且固持成形成字形之非金屬針的一對針腳2b、2c。 (Composition 2) The forming mechanism is formed by bending a non-metal needle 2 The shaped forming member 102 may also have a pair of arm portions 102a. The pair of arm portions 102a is formed by bending the non-metal needle 2 and forming it. The direction of the zigzag shape extends substantially parallel, and the pins 2b and 2c are bent and held to form A pair of pins 2b, 2c of a chevron-shaped non-metallic needle.

一對臂部102a係可向擴縮彼此之間隔的方向產生彈性變形,且構成為固持一對針腳2b、2c之前端的前端側(突起部102b)之彼此的間隔比成形成字形的非金屬針2之一對針腳2b、2c的間隔更窄較佳。 The pair of arm portions 102a is elastically deformable in a direction in which the space between the pair of arms is enlarged and contracted, and is configured to hold the distance between the front ends (protrusions 102b) of the front ends of the pair of pins 2b and 2c so as to form an interval ratio. One of the non-metallic needles 2 in the shape of a pair of pins 2b, 2c is more narrowly spaced.

(作用效果2)根據該構成,在藉一對臂部102a固持針腳2b、2c時,利用比針腳2b、2c之間隔更窄的前端側(突起部102b),將其針尖稍微向內側關閉。因此,即使針腳2b、2c稍微地變形,亦可藉壓針機構易於拾取針尖,而可更穩定地進行非金屬針2的成形。 (Effect 2) According to this configuration, when the pins 2b and 2c are held by the pair of arm portions 102a, the tip ends (protrusions 102b) which are narrower than the interval between the pins 2b and 2c are used to close the needle tips slightly inward. Therefore, even if the stitches 2b, 2c are slightly deformed, the needle tip can be easily picked up by the needle pressing mechanism, and the non-metallic needle 2 can be formed more stably.

(構成3)亦可壓針機構係具有一對壓針部105,該一對壓針部105係經由成形成字形之非金屬針2之一對針腳2b、2c的插入間隔所配置,藉由對非金屬針2相對地移動,在內側取入一對針腳2b、2c並固持。 (Configuration 3) The pressing needle mechanism may include a pair of pressing needle portions 105, and the pair of pressing needle portions 105 may be formed by One of the non-metallic needles 2 in the shape of a letter is arranged at the insertion interval of the pins 2b, 2c. The non-metallic needle 2 is moved relatively, and a pair of pins 2b, 2c is taken in and held inside.

此壓針部105係構成為在從成形機構接受非金屬針2時,在一對臂部102a固持一對針腳2b、2c之狀態,固持一對針腳2b、2c的前端較佳。 This pin presser 105 is configured to hold the pair of pins 2b and 2c in the pair of arm portions 102a when receiving the non-metal pin 2 from the forming mechanism, and it is preferable to hold the tips of the pair of pins 2b and 2c.

(作用效果3)根據該構成,只是使壓針機構對非金屬針2相對地移動,將一對針腳2b、2c插入一對壓針部105, 而可確實地固持。又,在非金屬針2脫離臂部102a之前藉壓針部105固持針腳2b、2c,藉此,抑制針腳2b、2c之張開,而可維持字狀態,因此,可更穩定地進行非金屬針2的成形。又,不必進行壓針部105之開閉動作等、或不必設置開閉動作所需的構件,而可圖謀簡化成形成字形或壓針機構的構成、或減少元件數等,可提供低費用之裝訂機1。 (Effect 3) According to this configuration, only the pressing needle mechanism is relatively moved with respect to the non-metallic needle 2 and the pair of pins 2b and 2c are inserted into the pair of pressing needle portions 105 to be reliably held. In addition, before the non-metallic needle 2 is released from the arm portion 102a, the pins 2b and 2c are held by the pressing needle portion 105, thereby suppressing the opening of the pins 2b and 2c and maintaining the pins 2b and 2c. As a result, the non-metallic needle 2 can be formed more stably. In addition, it is not necessary to perform the opening and closing operation of the pressing needle portion 105, or to provide members required for the opening and closing operation, and it is possible to simplify the formation. The configuration of the zigzag or press pin mechanism or the reduction of the number of components can provide a low-cost binding machine 1.

(構成4)亦可在壓針機構及該成形機構的至少一方具有卡合部(彈性片106),該卡合部係在成形機構與壓針機構之間交換非金屬針2時,可成一體相對地移動地與另一方卡合。 (Composition 4) At least one of the pressing mechanism and the forming mechanism may have an engaging portion (elastic piece 106). When the non-metallic needle 2 is exchanged between the forming mechanism and the pressing mechanism, the Engage with the other side so as to move relatively integrally.

(作用效果4)根據該構成,例如,解除卡合部的卡合,僅使成形機構對非金屬針2相對地移動,藉此,可藉成形機構進行非金屬針2的成形。成形後,藉卡合部將成形機構與壓針部卡合,成一體地相對地移動,藉此,在以成形機構固持成形成字形之非金屬針2的狀態,壓針機構可固持針腳2b、2c。因此,抑制針腳2b、2c之張開,而可維持字狀態,可更圓滑且確實地進行非金屬針2之交換,可進行更穩定的成形。 (Effect 4) According to this configuration, for example, the engagement of the engaging portion is released, and only the forming mechanism is relatively moved to the non-metal needle 2, whereby the non-metal needle 2 can be formed by the forming mechanism. After the forming, the forming mechanism is engaged with the press pin portion by the engaging portion, and is relatively moved integrally with one another, thereby being held in the forming mechanism and formed. In the state of the non-metallic needle 2 in a zigzag shape, the needle pressing mechanism can hold the pins 2b and 2c. Therefore, the opening of pins 2b and 2c is suppressed, and it is possible to maintain The character state enables smoother and more reliable exchange of the non-metallic needle 2 and more stable forming.

(構成5)亦可包括具有使非金屬針2之一對針腳2b、2c貫穿用紙P之一對貫穿刃36a、36b的貫入機構37,並與貫入機構37一體地設置成形機構。 (Configuration 5) A penetrating mechanism 37 having a pair of pins 2b, 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 and a pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b of the paper P may be included, and a forming mechanism may be provided integrally with the penetrating mechanism 37.

(作用效果5)根據該構成,成形機構可與貫入機構37連動地動作,且可減少元件數。因此,可減少成形機構等的設置空間,而裝訂機1可小形化。 (Effect 5) According to this configuration, the forming mechanism can be operated in conjunction with the penetrating mechanism 37, and the number of components can be reduced. Therefore, the installation space of the forming mechanism and the like can be reduced, and the size of the binding machine 1 can be reduced.

(構成6)亦可成形機構在壓針機構的內部被收容成可相對地移動。 (Configuration 6) The forming mechanism may be housed inside the presser mechanism so as to be relatively movable.

(作用效果6)根據該構成,可使成形機構及壓針機構的容積變成更小,而裝訂機1可小形化。又,在壓針機構內,可使成形機構相對地移動,並將成形機構的移動範圍限制於所要的範圍,而可簡單地進行移動控制。 (Effect 6) According to this configuration, the volume of the forming mechanism and the presser mechanism can be made smaller, and the size of the binding machine 1 can be reduced. In addition, in the needle press mechanism, the forming mechanism can be moved relatively, the movement range of the forming mechanism is limited to a desired range, and movement control can be easily performed.

[關於貫穿刃導件117之貫穿刃36a、36b的導引構造及作用效果] [About the guide structure and effect of the penetrating blades 36a, 36b of the penetrating blade guide 117]

(構成1)如上述所示,本實施例之裝訂機1包括:貫入機構37,係具有使非金屬針2之一對針腳2b、2c貫穿用紙P的一對貫穿刃36a、36b;及折彎機構38,係沿著用紙P將貫穿用紙P之一對針腳2b、2c折彎。又,包括導引貫穿用紙P之一對貫穿刃36a、36b之內側的貫穿刃導件117。 (Composition 1) As described above, the binding machine 1 of this embodiment includes a penetrating mechanism 37 having a pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b for penetrating a pair of pins 2b and 2c of the non-metal needle 2 through the paper P; The bending mechanism 38 bends the stitches 2b and 2c along one of the penetrating sheets P along the sheet P. In addition, it includes a penetrating blade guide 117 that guides the inner side of one pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b of the penetrating paper P.

貫穿刃導件117係位於一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間,並具有:第1導引部117a,係導引貫穿刃36a、36b之從用紙P所貫穿之部位;及第2導引部117b,係導引貫穿刃36a、36b之從用紙P所貫穿之部位的一部分。 The penetrating blade guide 117 is located between the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b, and includes: a first guide portion 117a that guides the portion penetrating through the paper P of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b; and a second guiding portion 117b is a part of the guide penetrating blades 36a, 36b which penetrates the portion from the paper P.

構成為在一對貫穿刃36a、36b貫穿用紙P,且折彎機構38將針腳2b、2c折彎之前,第1導引部117a位於貫穿刃36a、36b之間,並導引貫穿刃36a、36b,而在一對貫穿刃36a、36b貫穿用紙P,且折彎機構38將針腳2b、2c折彎時,第2導引部117b位於貫穿刃36a、36b之間,並導引貫穿刃36a、36b。 Before the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b penetrate the paper P and before the bending mechanism 38 bends the stitches 2b and 2c, the first guide portion 117a is positioned between the penetrating blades 36a and 36b and guides the penetrating blades 36a and 36b. 36b, and when the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b penetrate the paper P, and the bending mechanism 38 bends the pins 2b, 2c, the second guide portion 117b is positioned between the penetrating blades 36a, 36b, and guides the penetrating blade 36a , 36b.

(作用效果1)根據該構成,在一對貫穿刃36a、36b貫穿用紙P,且折彎機構38將針腳2b、2c折彎之前,藉第1導引部117a導引貫穿用紙P的貫穿刃36a、36b之從用紙P所 貫穿的部位,而可抑制貫穿刃36a、36b之向內側方向的偏移(變形)。又,在一對貫穿刃36a、36b貫穿用紙P,且折彎機構38將針腳2b、2c折彎時,藉第2導引部117b導引貫穿刃36a、36b之從用紙P所貫穿之部位的一部分,而可抑制貫穿刃36a、36b之向左右方向Y的抖動或向內側的變形。因此,不必藉折彎構件120a、120b等導引。又,只是使貫穿刃導件117移動,就可切換第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b。因此,藉第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b可總是導引貫穿刃36a、36b的前端,而以少的元件數與簡單的構成,可抑制貫入機構37之貫穿刃36a、36b的變形等,而可圓滑地進行裝訂動作。 (Effect 1) According to this configuration, before the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b penetrate the paper P and the bending mechanism 38 bends the pins 2b and 2c, the penetrating blade of the penetrating paper P is guided by the first guide portion 117a. 36a, 36b Subsidiary Paper P The penetrating portion can suppress the displacement (deformation) of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b inward. When the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b penetrate the paper P and the bending mechanism 38 bends the pins 2b and 2c, the second guide portion 117b guides the portion penetrated by the paper P through the penetrating blades 36a and 36b. It is possible to suppress the jitter of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b in the left-right direction Y or the deformation inward. Therefore, it is not necessary to guide by the bending members 120a, 120b and the like. Moreover, the first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion 117b can be switched simply by moving the penetrating blade guide 117. Therefore, the first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion 117b can always guide the leading ends of the penetration blades 36a and 36b, and with a small number of components and a simple structure, the penetration blades 36a and 36 of the penetration mechanism 37 can be suppressed. Deformation of 36b, etc., enables smooth binding operations.

(構成2)亦可包括可使貫穿刃導件117在將針腳2b、2c折彎之方向移動的貫穿刃導件驅動部(滑動構件122),貫穿刃導件117構成為在將針腳2b、2c折彎的方向排列地配置第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b。在此時,貫穿刃導件驅動部係使貫穿刃導件117移動成在一對貫穿刃36a、36b貫穿用紙P,且折彎機構38將針腳2b、2c折彎之前,第1導引部117a位於貫穿刃36a、36b之間,一對貫穿刃36a、36b貫穿用紙P,且在折彎機構38將針腳2b、2c折彎時,使貫穿刃導件117移動成第2導引部117b位於貫穿刃36a、36b之間較佳。 (Composition 2) The penetration blade guide 117 (sliding member 122) which can move the penetration blade guide 117 in the direction which bends the stitches 2b and 2c may be included, and the penetration blade guide 117 is comprised so that the stitches 2b, 2c The 1st guide part 117a and the 2nd guide part 117b are arrange | positioned in the bending direction. At this time, the penetrating blade guide driving unit moves the penetrating blade guide 117 to the first guide portion before the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b penetrates the paper P and the bending mechanism 38 bends the pins 2b, 2c. 117a is located between the penetrating blades 36a, 36b, and a pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b penetrates the paper P, and when the bending mechanism 38 bends the pins 2b, 2c, the penetrating blade guide 117 is moved into the second guide portion 117b It is preferably located between the penetrating edges 36a and 36b.

(作用效果2)根據該構成,只是使貫穿刃導件驅動部(滑動構件122)在將針腳2b、2c折彎之方向移動,就可易於進行第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b之移動,而可進行更穩定的導引。此外,只要是排列地配置第1導引部117a與第2 導引部117b,並可藉貫穿刃導件驅動部移動,第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b係分開或是一體都可。 (Effect 2) According to this configuration, the first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion can be easily carried out only by moving the penetrating blade guide driving portion (sliding member 122) in a direction in which the pins 2b and 2c are bent. 117b can be moved for more stable guidance. In addition, as long as the first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion are arranged in an array The guide portion 117b can be moved by the penetrating blade driving portion, and the first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion 117b may be separated or integrated.

(構成3)又,如上述所示,本實施例之裝訂機1包括:貫入機構37,係具有使非金屬針2之一對針腳2b、2c貫穿用紙P的一對貫穿刃36a、36b;及折彎機構38,係沿著用紙P將貫穿用紙P之一對針腳2b、2c折彎。又,包括導引貫穿用紙P之一對貫穿刃36a、36b之內側的貫穿刃導件117。 (Structure 3) As described above, the binding machine 1 of this embodiment includes a penetrating mechanism 37 having a pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b for penetrating a pair of pins 2b and 2c of the non-metal needle 2 through the paper P; The bending mechanism 38 bends the pins 2b and 2c along one of the papers P along the paper P. In addition, it includes a penetrating blade guide 117 that guides the inner side of one pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b of the penetrating paper P.

貫穿刃導件117係具有:第1導引部117a,係位於一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間,並導引貫穿刃36a、36b之從用紙P所貫穿之部位;及第2導引部117b,係導引貫穿刃36a、36b之從用紙P所貫穿之部位的一部分;第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b係具有連續面,該連續面係在貫穿用紙P時與折彎機構39將貫穿用紙P之一對針腳2b、2c折彎時,總是支撐貫穿刃36a、36b的內側。 The penetrating blade guide 117 includes a first guide portion 117a located between the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b, and guiding the penetrating blade 36a and 36b to pass through the paper P; and a second guiding portion 117b is a part of the guide penetrating blades 36a, 36b where the sheet P penetrates; the first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion 117b have a continuous surface, and the continuous surface is folded when the paper P is penetrated. The bending mechanism 39 always supports the inner sides of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b when bending one of the pins 2b and 2c of the penetrating paper P.

(作用效果3)根據該構成,與在之前的(構成1)所記載之(作用效果1)一樣,可抑制貫穿刃36a、36b之向左右方向Y的抖動或向內側的變形。又,在從一對貫穿刃36a、36b貫穿用紙P時,至折彎機構39將貫穿用紙P之一對針腳2b、2c折彎之間,總是能以連續面指示貫穿刃36a、36b的內側,而可更提高貫穿刃36a、36b之向左右方向Y的抖動或向內側之變形的抑制效果。 (Effect 3) According to this configuration, as in (Effect 1) described in the previous (Configuration 1), it is possible to suppress the jitter or inward deformation of the penetrating blades 36a, 36b in the left-right direction Y. In addition, when a pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b penetrates the paper P, and the bending mechanism 39 bends one pair of pins 2b, 2c of the penetrating paper P, it is always possible to indicate the penetrating blades 36a, 36b on a continuous surface. The inner side can further improve the effect of suppressing the jitter of the penetrating blades 36a and 36b in the left-right direction Y or the deformation inward.

(構成4)亦可第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b係由一個元件所構成。 (Configuration 4) The first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion 117b may be formed of a single element.

(作用效果4)根據該構成,能以更簡單的構成及少 的元件數得到貫穿刃導件117,而可小形化。又,可易於進行第1導引部117a與第2導引部117b之同步移動或切換。 (Operation effect 4) According to this structure, it is possible to use a simpler structure and less The number of components is obtained through the blade guide 117, which can be reduced in size. In addition, the first guide portion 117a and the second guide portion 117b can be easily moved or switched simultaneously.

(構成5)第1導引部117a的高度係與載置用紙P之用紙座7的高度大致相等,第2導引部117b的高度係比第1導引部117a更低較佳。 (Configuration 5) The height of the first guide portion 117a is substantially equal to the height of the paper holder 7 on which the paper P is placed, and the height of the second guide portion 117b is preferably lower than the height of the first guide portion 117a.

(作用效果5)根據該構成,可減少一對貫穿刃36a、36b貫穿用紙P時之負載,圓滑地進行藉貫入機構37之貫入動作,可作成貫穿孔p1的寬度不會超出需要。因此,可藉非金屬針2更穩定地裝訂用紙P。又,藉由使第2導引部117b比第1導引部117a更低,即使一對貫穿刃36a、36b對用紙P深深地貫穿,亦可導引其刃尖附近的內側面,且即使第2導引部117b位於貫穿刃36a、36b之間,亦可圓滑地進行藉折彎機構38的折彎動作。 (Effect 5) According to this configuration, the load when the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b penetrates the paper P can be reduced, and the penetrating operation by the penetrating mechanism 37 can be performed smoothly, so that the width of the penetrating hole p1 does not exceed the need. Therefore, the non-metallic needle 2 can be used to bind the paper P more stably. Further, by making the second guide portion 117b lower than the first guide portion 117a, even if a pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b penetrates the paper P deeply, the inner side surface near the blade tip can be guided, and Even if the second guide portion 117b is located between the penetrating blades 36a and 36b, the bending operation by the bending mechanism 38 can be smoothly performed.

(構成6)亦可貫穿刃導件117被設置於驅動折彎機構38的驅動構件(滑動構件122)。 (Configuration 6) The penetrating blade guide 117 may be provided in a driving member (sliding member 122) that drives the bending mechanism 38.

(作用效果6)根據該構成,藉由驅動驅動構件(滑動構件122之往復移動),在一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間,可易於切換地配置於第1、第2導引部117a、117b。因此,不必分開地設置貫穿刃導件117用的驅動構件,而可減少元件數或簡化構成、小形化。又,可更容易且更精密地進行折彎機構38之折彎動作與貫穿刃導件117之驅動動作的時序對準,而可更圓滑地進行貫入動作、折彎動作等。 (Effective effect 6) According to this configuration, by driving the driving member (reciprocating movement of the sliding member 122), the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b can be easily switched to the first and second guide portions 117a, 117b. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide the driving member for the penetrating blade guide 117, but the number of components can be reduced, the configuration can be simplified, and the size can be reduced. In addition, the timing of the bending operation of the bending mechanism 38 and the driving operation of the penetrating blade guide 117 can be aligned more easily and more precisely, and the penetration operation and the bending operation can be performed more smoothly.

(構成7)亦可第1導引部117a係將倒角部117c設置於第2導引部117b側的角部。 (Configuration 7) The first guide portion 117a may be a corner portion on the side of the second guide portion 117b.

(作用效果7)根據該構成,在折彎動作結束而第1導引部117a朝向一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間進行回位動作時,一面以倒角部117c撈起針腳2b、2c一面移動。因此,可更圓滑地進行在針腳2b、2c的下方之第1導引部117a的回位動作,並抑制針腳2b、2c的捲起等,而可藉非金屬針2更穩定地裝訂用紙P。 (Effect 7) According to this configuration, when the first guide portion 117a is returned toward the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b after the bending operation is completed, the pins 2b and 2c are lifted by the chamfered portion 117c. mobile. Therefore, the return operation of the first guide portion 117a under the pins 2b and 2c can be performed more smoothly, and the curling up of the pins 2b and 2c can be suppressed, and the non-metallic pin 2 can be used to more stably bind the paper P. .

[關於折彎機構38之折彎構造及作用效果] [About the bending structure and effect of the bending mechanism 38]

(構成1)如上述所示,本實施例之裝訂機1包括:貫入機構37,係具有使非金屬針2之一對針腳2b、2c貫穿用紙P的一對貫穿刃36a、36b;及折彎機構38,係沿著用紙P將貫穿用紙P之一對針腳2b、2c折彎。 (Composition 1) As described above, the binding machine 1 of this embodiment includes a penetrating mechanism 37 having a pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b for penetrating a pair of pins 2b and 2c of the non-metal needle 2 through the paper P; The bending mechanism 38 bends the stitches 2b and 2c along one of the penetrating sheets P along the sheet P.

在一對貫穿刃36a、36b,孔部116a、116b(或缺口部)被設置於貫穿用紙P之第2貫穿部113a、113b(貫穿部)。 In the pair of penetrating blades 36a and 36b, hole portions 116a and 116b (or notched portions) are provided in the second penetrating portions 113a and 113b (penetrating portions) of the penetrating sheet P.

折彎機構38係如第45圖所示,包括:第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b,係沿著將一對針腳2b、2c向內側折彎的折彎方向移動,並從孔部116a、116b向一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間突出,將一對針腳2b、2c折彎;第1、第2導引面123a、123b,係向折彎方向導引第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b;以及滑動構件122(驅動構件),係向折彎方向驅動第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b。第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b係被配置於第1、第2導引面123a、123b與滑動構件122之間。 As shown in FIG. 45, the bending mechanism 38 includes first and second bending members 120a and 120b, which are moved along a bending direction in which a pair of pins 2b and 2c are bent inward and are moved from the hole portion. 116a, 116b protrude between a pair of penetrating edges 36a, 36b, and bend a pair of pins 2b, 2c; the first and second guide surfaces 123a, 123b guide the first and second folds in the bending direction The bending members 120a and 120b and the sliding member 122 (driving member) drive the first and second bending members 120a and 120b in the bending direction. The first and second bending members 120 a and 120 b are arranged between the first and second guide surfaces 123 a and 123 b and the sliding member 122.

(作用效果1)為了藉非金屬針2良好地裝訂用紙P,需要將一對針腳2b、2c折彎成對頂2a平行地重疊。在如以往般藉使折彎構件轉動的動作從下向上往上折的構成,因為 需要向內側推壓針尖而使其變形的推壓構件、或用以抑制針腳之向前後方向X的逃避(變形)的壁面等,所以具有元件數多而構造是複雜的問題。 (Effect 1) In order to securely bind the paper P by the non-metallic pin 2, a pair of pins 2b and 2c need to be bent so as to overlap the pair of tops 2a in parallel. In the conventional configuration, the bending member is turned from bottom to top by the action of turning the bending member, because A pressing member that presses the needle tip inward to deform it, or a wall surface for suppressing escape (deformation) of the pins in the forward and backward directions X, etc. are required. Therefore, the number of components is large and the structure is complicated.

因此,將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b構成為從一對貫穿刃36a、36b的孔部116a、116b成直線性地突出。而且,將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b配置於導引面123a、123b與滑動構件122之間,導引面123a、123b係向一對針腳2b、2c之折彎方向,即對頂2a大致平行的方向導引,該滑動構件122係驅動第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b。 Therefore, the 1st and 2nd bending members 120a and 120b are comprised so that it may linearly protrude from the hole part 116a and 116b of a pair of penetration blades 36a and 36b. Furthermore, the first and second bending members 120a and 120b are arranged between the guide surfaces 123a and 123b and the sliding member 122. The guide surfaces 123a and 123b are oriented in the bending direction of the pair of pins 2b and 2c, that is, The top 2a is guided in a substantially parallel direction, and the sliding member 122 drives the first and second bending members 120a and 120b.

根據本構成,滑動構件122動作時,被導引面123a、123b導引,第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b移動,從孔部116a、116b向斜上筆直地突出,藉此,將一對針腳2b、2c折彎。因此,可將一對針腳2b、2c折彎成對頂2a大致平行。 According to this configuration, when the sliding member 122 operates, it is guided by the guide surfaces 123a and 123b, and the first and second bending members 120a and 120b move and protrude straight upward from the hole portions 116a and 116b. A pair of pins 2b, 2c are bent. Therefore, the pair of pins 2b, 2c can be bent so that the pair of tops 2a are substantially parallel.

只是將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b配置於導引面123a、123b與滑動構件122之間,就可實現這種在折彎功能優異的折彎機構38。因此,以少的元件數與簡單的構成,可提供可確實地進行非金屬針2之針腳2b、2c的折彎,並可減少費用的裝訂機1。又,裝訂機1亦可小形化或輕量化。 Only by arranging the first and second bending members 120a and 120b between the guide surfaces 123a and 123b and the sliding member 122, such a bending mechanism 38 having excellent bending function can be realized. Therefore, with a small number of components and a simple configuration, it is possible to provide the binding machine 1 that can reliably bend the pins 2b and 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 and reduce costs. Moreover, the binding machine 1 can be reduced in size or weight.

(構成2)亦可滑動構件122係構成為向與一對貫穿刃36a、36b之插拔方向(上下方向Z)交叉的方向(前後方向X)進行往復動作,並具有藉去程動作將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b朝向一對針腳2b、2c向上推的第1、第2動作部137a、137b。在此情況,亦可採用藉滑動構件122的回程動作以第1、第2動作部137a、137b將一對第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b 向下推的構成。或者,亦可藉彈簧等其他的構件進行向下推動作。 (Configuration 2) The sliding member 122 is also configured to reciprocate in a direction (front-rear direction X) that intersects with the insertion direction (up-down direction Z) of the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b, and has a forward motion to move the first 1. The first and second action portions 137a and 137b that the second bending members 120a and 120b push upward toward the pair of pins 2b and 2c. In this case, a pair of first and second bending members 120a and 120b may be adopted by the first and second action portions 137a and 137b by the return movement of the sliding member 122. Push down composition. Alternatively, it may be pushed down by other members such as a spring.

(作用效果2)根據該構成,可藉滑動構件122使第1、第2動作部137a、137b向折彎方向圓滑地移動。 (Effect 2) According to this configuration, the first and second operating portions 137a and 137b can be smoothly moved in the bending direction by the sliding member 122.

(構成3)又,亦可滑動構件122係構成為向與一對貫穿刃36a、36b之插拔方向(上下方向Z)交叉的方向(前後方向X)進行往復動作,並具有第1、第2動作部137a、137b,該第1、第2動作部137a、137b係藉回程動作將第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b之間隔擴寬,並使在第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b的一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間突出的折彎突起124a、124b向從一對貫穿刃36a、36b的孔部116a、116b離開的方向移動。 (Configuration 3) The sliding member 122 may be configured to reciprocate in a direction (front-rear direction X) that intersects the insertion direction (up-down direction Z) of the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b, and has first and first Two action sections 137a and 137b. The first and second action sections 137a and 137b use a return motion to widen the interval between the first and second bending members 120a and 120b, and make the distance between the first and second bending members 120a and 120b. The bending protrusions 124a, 124b protruding between the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b of 120a, 120b move in a direction away from the hole portions 116a, 116b of the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b.

在此情況,亦可採用藉第1、第2動作部137a、137b利用去程動作使一對第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b的間隔變窄,並從一對貫穿刃36a、36b的孔部116a、116b向折彎突起124a、124b所突出之方向移動的構成。或者,亦可藉彈簧等其他的構件進行向突出之方向的移動動作。 In this case, it is also possible to narrow the interval between the pair of first and second bending members 120a and 120b by the forward movement by using the first and second action portions 137a and 137b, and from the pair of penetrating edges 36a and 36b. The hole portions 116a and 116b are configured to move in a direction in which the bending protrusions 124a and 124b protrude. Alternatively, the movement in the protruding direction may be performed by other members such as a spring.

(作用效果3)根據該構成,可藉滑動構件122使第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b向起始位置圓滑地回位。 (Effect 3) According to this configuration, the first and second bending members 120a and 120b can be smoothly returned to the starting position by the sliding member 122.

(構成4)亦可滑動構件122係使第1或第2之一方的折彎構件120a、120b移動,並在既定相差之介入下使第2或第1之另一方的折彎構件120b、120a移動的構成。 (Composition 4) The sliding member 122 can also move the first or second bending member 120a, 120b, and move the second or first bending member 120b, 120a under the intervention of a predetermined difference. Mobile composition.

(作用效果4)根據該構成,可在一對針腳2b、2c不會彼此地發生干涉下,依序地折彎並重疊,而可進行更圓滑之折彎動作。 (Effect 4) According to this configuration, a pair of pins 2b and 2c can be sequentially folded and overlapped without interfering with each other, and a smoother bending operation can be performed.

[連桿18之連結構造及作用效果] [Connection structure and effect of link 18]

(構成1)如上述所示,本實施例的裝訂機1包括:操作把手6(操作構件),係藉操作者之操作進行往復動作;連桿18,係響應操作把手6之往復動作而動作;以及折彎機構38,係沿著用紙P將貫穿用紙P之非金屬針2的一對針腳2b、2c折彎。折彎機構38係如第42A圖~第42F圖所示,構成為具有:第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b,係將一對針腳2b、2c向內側折彎;及滑動構件122(驅動構件),係驅動第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b。而且,滑動構件122係構成為與連桿18連結,並經由連桿18與操作把手6的動作連動。更具體而言,藉連桿軸15連結操作把手6與連桿18,並藉軸26(滑動構件驅動軸)連結滑動構件122與連桿18,藉此,操作把手6與折彎機構38可經由連桿18連動。 (Composition 1) As described above, the binding machine 1 of this embodiment includes: an operation handle 6 (operation member), which is reciprocated by an operator's operation; and a link 18 which is operated in response to the reciprocation of the operation handle 6 And a bending mechanism 38, which bends a pair of pins 2b, 2c of the non-metallic needle 2 penetrating the paper P along the paper P. As shown in FIGS. 42A to 42F, the bending mechanism 38 is configured to include: first and second bending members 120a and 120b, which bend a pair of pins 2b and 2c inward; and a sliding member 122 ( The driving member) drives the first and second bending members 120a and 120b. The slide member 122 is connected to the link 18 and is linked to the operation of the operation handle 6 via the link 18. More specifically, the operation handle 6 and the link 18 are connected by a link shaft 15, and the slide member 122 and the link 18 are connected by a shaft 26 (sliding member driving shaft), whereby the operation handle 6 and the bending mechanism 38 can be connected. Linked via a link 18.

(作用效果1)此處,是操作把手6與折彎機構38在機構上未連結,而折彎機構38與操作把手6之操作獨立地動作的構成時,例如即使在因非金屬針2之塞住等而折彎機構38未回到起始位置的情況,亦操作把手6係起始位置正常地回到起始位置。因此,操作者未注意到折彎機構38的動作不良,可能繼續操作,而對裝訂機1之操作性或耐久性有影響。 (Effect 1) Here, when the operation handle 6 and the bending mechanism 38 are not connected mechanically, and the operation of the bending mechanism 38 and the operation handle 6 operates independently, for example, even when the operation is performed by the non-metal needle 2 In the case where the bending mechanism 38 is not returned to the starting position after plugging, etc., the handle 6 is also operated to return to the starting position normally. Therefore, the operator does not notice the poor operation of the bending mechanism 38 and may continue to operate, which may affect the operability or durability of the binding machine 1.

因此,利用連桿18在機械上連結操作把手6與折彎機構38的滑動構件122。根據本構成,可使操作把手6的動作與折彎機構38的動作以及回位動作連動。因此,若其中一方發生動作不良,因為經由連桿18對另一方之既定動作亦有影響,所以操作者確實地掌握動作不良,而可迅速地處理。因 此,可提高裝訂機1之耐久性或操作性。又,只是藉連桿18連結操作把手6與滑動構件122,就能以少的元件數與簡單的構成、低費用實施在耐久性或操作性優異的裝訂機1。 Therefore, the operating handle 6 and the slide member 122 of the bending mechanism 38 are mechanically connected by the link 18. According to this configuration, the operation of the operation handle 6 can be linked with the operation of the bending mechanism 38 and the return operation. Therefore, if a malfunction occurs in one of the two sides, the predetermined movement of the other side is also affected by the link 18, so the operator can surely grasp the malfunction and can quickly handle it. because This can improve the durability or operability of the binding machine 1. Moreover, just by connecting the operation handle 6 and the slide member 122 by the link 18, the binding machine 1 which is excellent in durability and operability can be implemented with a small number of components, a simple structure, and low cost.

(構成2)亦可與連桿18連結之驅動構件是響應連桿18的動作而進行往復移動的滑動構件122,而滑動構件122係包括向將針腳2b、2c折彎的方向導引第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b的傾斜面(第1、第2動作部137a、137b)。 (Composition 2) The driving member that can also be connected to the link 18 is a sliding member 122 that reciprocates in response to the action of the link 18, and the sliding member 122 includes a first guide to the direction in which the pins 2b and 2c are bent. And inclined surfaces of the second bending members 120a and 120b (the first and second operating portions 137a and 137b).

(作用效果2)根據該構成,藉由滑動構件122進行去程動作或回程動作,可經由傾斜面(第1、第2動作部137a、137b),向將針腳2b、2c折彎的方向圓滑地導引第1、第2折彎構件120a、120b。 (Effect 2) According to this configuration, the slider member 122 can perform a forward movement or a return movement, and can be slid in the direction of bending the pins 2b and 2c through the inclined surface (the first and second action portions 137a and 137b). Ground guides the first and second bending members 120a and 120b.

(構成3)又,亦可包括貫入機構37,該貫入機構37係具有使非金屬針2之一對針腳2b、2c貫穿用紙P的一對貫穿刃36a、36b,並響應操作把手6的往復動作,進行對用紙P之一對貫穿刃36a、36b的插拔動作。更具體而言,利用連桿軸15連結貫入機構37與連桿18,藉此,貫入機構37與折彎機構38可經由連桿18連動。 (Composition 3) Furthermore, it may include a penetrating mechanism 37 having a pair of penetrating blades 36 a and 36 b for penetrating one pair of pins 2 b and 2 c of the non-metallic needle 2 through the paper P and responding to the reciprocation of the operation handle 6 The operation is performed to insert and remove one of the paper blades P into the penetrating blades 36a and 36b. More specifically, the penetrating mechanism 37 and the link 18 are connected by the link shaft 15, whereby the penetrating mechanism 37 and the bending mechanism 38 can be linked via the link 18.

(作用效果3)根據該構成,可使藉操作把手6所驅動之貫入機構37的貫入動作、折彎機構38的折彎動作以及這些的回位動作經由連桿18連動,且可在適合的時序執行各動作。又,操作者確實地掌握在貫入機構37的動作與折彎機構38之任一個所發生的動作不良,而可迅速地處理。因此,可提高貫入機構37與折彎機構38的耐久性。 (Effect 3) According to this configuration, the penetrating operation of the penetrating mechanism 37 driven by the operation handle 6, the bending operation of the bending mechanism 38, and these returning operations can be linked via the link 18, and can be connected at a suitable position. Perform each action in sequence. In addition, the operator can surely grasp the failure of the operation of the penetrating mechanism 37 and the operation of the bending mechanism 38, and can quickly handle it. Therefore, the durability of the penetrating mechanism 37 and the bending mechanism 38 can be improved.

(構成4)又,亦可包括向既定搬運方向(前後方向 X)搬運非金屬針2的推桿61(搬運構件),連桿18係構成為與操作把手6之往復動作連動地使推桿61對搬運方向(前後方向X)進行往復動作。更具體而言,藉由連桿18以推壓用突起部30推被插入推桿61的軸25(推桿驅動軸),而對應於操作把手6的動作,使推桿61對搬運方向進行往復移動。 (Composition 4) It may also include a predetermined conveying direction (front-back direction) X) The push rod 61 (conveying member) for conveying the non-metal needle 2 and the link 18 are configured to reciprocate the push rod 61 in the conveying direction (front-rear direction X) in conjunction with the reciprocating motion of the operation handle 6. More specifically, the shaft 25 (push rod drive shaft) inserted into the push rod 61 is pushed by the link 18 with the pushing protrusion 30, and the push rod 61 is moved in the conveying direction in accordance with the operation of the operation handle 6. Move back and forth.

(作用效果4)根據該構成,例如,在藉貫入機構37或折彎機構38進行裝訂用紙P的動作之間,使推桿61向後方退避,以免妨礙貫入機構37或折彎機構38的動作。而且,在裝訂用紙P之動作結束的時序,藉連桿18使推桿61前進,藉此,可將新的非金屬針2進給至一對貫穿刃36a、36b之間。因此,可藉連桿18使貫穿動作、折彎動作、非金屬針2的搬運動作以及這些的回位動作連動,並在適合之時序執行。又,不僅貫入機構37或折彎機構38的動作不良,連推桿61的動作不良操作者亦可確實地掌握,而可迅速地處理。因此,可提高貫入機構37、折彎機構38以及推桿61的耐久性。 (Effect 4) According to this configuration, for example, when the binding sheet P is moved by the penetrating mechanism 37 or the bending mechanism 38, the pusher 61 is retracted backward so as not to interfere with the operation of the penetrating mechanism 37 or the bending mechanism 38. . Further, at the timing when the operation of the binding sheet P is completed, the push rod 61 is advanced by the link 18, whereby the new non-metal needle 2 can be fed between the pair of penetrating blades 36a, 36b. Therefore, it is possible to interlock the penetrating operation, the bending operation, the carrying operation of the non-metallic needle 2 and these returning operations by the link 18, and execute them at an appropriate timing. In addition, not only the malfunction of the penetrating mechanism 37 or the bending mechanism 38 but also the malfunction of the push rod 61 can be reliably grasped by the operator, and it can be quickly handled. Therefore, the durability of the penetrating mechanism 37, the bending mechanism 38, and the push rod 61 can be improved.

以上,根據圖面,詳述了實施例,但是實施例係只不過是舉例表示。因此,本發明係不是只被限定為實施例,即使是超出主旨的範圍之設計的變更等亦包含於本發明,這是理所當然。又,例如,在各實施例含有複數種構成的情況,即使無特別的記載,亦包含這些構成之可能的組合,這是理所當然。又,在揭示複數種實施例或變形例的情況,即使無特別的記載,亦包含跨這些實施例或變形例之構成的組合中之可能者,這是理所當然。又,關於圖面所畫的構成,即使無特別的記載,亦包含,這是理所當然。在有「等」之術語的情況,被 用作包含同等者的意義。又,在有「大致」、「約」、「程度」等之術語的情況,被用作包含被認定為常識的範圍或精度者的意義。 Although the embodiments have been described in detail based on the drawings, the embodiments are merely examples. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments, and it is a matter of course that even design changes and the like beyond the scope of the gist are included in the present invention. In addition, for example, when each embodiment includes a plurality of configurations, it is a matter of course that even if there is no special description, possible combinations of these configurations are included. Furthermore, it is a matter of course that even when a plurality of embodiments or modifications are disclosed, even if there is no special description, the possible combinations among the configurations of these embodiments or modifications are included. It is a matter of course that the structure drawn on the drawing is included even if there is no special record. In the case of the term "wait" Used to include the equivalent. In addition, when there are terms such as "approximately", "approximately", "degree", etc., they are used to include meanings that are considered to be the range or accuracy of common sense.

3‧‧‧連結針 3‧‧‧ connecting pin

5‧‧‧裝訂機本體 5‧‧‧Binding machine body

6‧‧‧操作把手(操作部) 6‧‧‧Operating handle (operation part)

32‧‧‧搬運路 32‧‧‧ port

34‧‧‧搬運機構 34‧‧‧Transportation agency

35‧‧‧裁斷成形機構(裁斷機構、成形機構、壓針機構) 35‧‧‧Cutting and forming mechanism (cutting mechanism, forming mechanism, needle pressing mechanism)

36‧‧‧貫穿刃 36‧‧‧ through blade

37‧‧‧貫入機構 37‧‧‧Into institutions

38‧‧‧折彎機構 38‧‧‧Bending mechanism

84‧‧‧針固持部 84‧‧‧ Needle Holder

91‧‧‧第1限制部 91‧‧‧Part 1 Restricted Section

92‧‧‧壓針板(壓針機構) 92‧‧‧Pressure plate (Pressure mechanism)

Claims (15)

一種裝訂機,係包括:裁斷機構,係將連結複數支平坦之狀態的非金屬針而成的連結針裁斷成各一支;及搬運機構,係經由搬運路向該裁斷機構搬運該連結針;其特徵為:在該搬運路之搬運方向的前側,包括可固持該連結針的針固持部;該針固持部係具有:貼住面,係貼住該連結針;限制構件,係從一面側對該連結針進行位置限制;以及脫離限制部,係在該連結針的另一面側,被配設成隔著該連結針在該搬運方向的前後使位置相異之狀態與該限制構件對峙。 A binding machine includes: a cutting mechanism that cuts a connecting needle formed by connecting a plurality of flat non-metal needles into each one; and a conveying mechanism that conveys the connecting needle to the cutting mechanism through a conveying path; It is characterized in that the front side of the conveying direction of the conveying path includes a needle holding part capable of holding the connecting pin; the needle holding part has: an abutting surface for attaching the connecting pin; a restricting member for facing from one side The connecting pin restricts the position; and the disengagement restricting portion is arranged on the other side of the connecting pin, and is arranged to face the restricting member in a state where the position is different from each other in the forward and backward directions of the connecting pin through the connecting pin. 如申請專利範圍第1項之裝訂機,其中該脫離限制部具有被設置於該連結針之前頭的非金屬針之位置的第1限制部。 For example, the binding machine of the first scope of the patent application, wherein the separation restricting portion has a first restricting portion which is provided at a position of a non-metal needle in front of the connecting needle. 如申請專利範圍第2項之裝訂機,其中該脫離限制部具有被設置於該連結針之第2支以後的非金屬針之位置的第2限制部,且該限制構件對該連結針的搬運方向被設置於成為該第1限制部與該第2限制部之間的位置。 For example, if the binding machine is applied for the second item of the patent scope, the detachment restricting portion has a second restricting portion provided at the position of the non-metallic needle after the second branch of the connecting pin, and the restricting member carries the connecting pin The direction is set at a position between the first restricting portion and the second restricting portion. 如申請專利範圍第1至3項中任一項之裝訂機,其中該脫離限制部係對該連結針的另一面,被分開地配置成具有間隙,且該限制構件被作成從連結針的一面側與設置於該連結針之 卡合部卡合的卡合構件;該卡合構件的前端部穿過該卡合部,比該間隙更大地向該連結針的另一面側突出。 For example, the binding machine of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the disengagement restricting portion is separately arranged to have a gap on the other side of the connecting pin, and the restricting member is made from one side of the connecting pin. The side and the An engaging member engaged by the engaging portion; a front end portion of the engaging member passes through the engaging portion and protrudes to the other surface side of the connecting pin larger than the gap. 一種裝訂機,係包括:裁斷機構,係將連結複數支平坦之狀態的非金屬針而成的連結針裁斷成各一支;及搬運機構,係經由搬運路向該裁斷機構搬運該連結針;其特徵為:在該搬運路之中途,設置藉由藉該搬運機構之搬運動作所驅動的該連結針碰撞,可將該連結針定位的定位部。 A binding machine includes: a cutting mechanism that cuts a connecting needle formed by connecting a plurality of flat non-metal needles into each one; and a conveying mechanism that conveys the connecting needle to the cutting mechanism through a conveying path; It is characterized in that, in the middle of the conveying path, a positioning portion capable of positioning the connecting pin by colliding with the connecting pin driven by the carrying action of the carrying mechanism is provided. 如申請專利範圍第5項之裝訂機,其中該定位部係在該連結針之比在搬運方向的前端部更靠近搬運方向之後側的位置進行定位,且利用朝向往該搬運方向之後側的方向之連結針的推壓,進行連結針的定位。 For example, in the case of the binding machine of claim 5, the positioning portion is positioned at a position closer to the rear side of the conveying direction than the front end of the connecting pin in the conveying direction, and the direction is toward the rear side of the conveying direction. Press the connecting pin to position the connecting pin. 如申請專利範圍第6項之裝訂機,其中該定位部係碰觸設置於非金屬針或連結針的孔部之朝向該搬運方向之後側的緣部,進行定位。 For example, the binding machine of the patent application No. 6 wherein the positioning portion is positioned on the edge of the hole portion of the non-metal needle or the connecting needle that faces the rear side of the conveying direction. 如申請專利範圍第6項之裝訂機,其中該定位部係碰觸平坦的狀態之非金屬針的兩端部之朝向該搬運方向之後側的緣部,進行定位。 For example, in the binding machine for which the scope of patent application is item 6, the positioning part is positioned to touch the edges of both ends of the non-metal needle in a flat state toward the rear side of the conveying direction. 如申請專利範圍第5至8項中任一項之裝訂機,其中該搬運機構係包括回位部,該回位部係在藉該裁斷機構裁斷連結針時,將該連結針暫時朝向往連結針之搬運方向之後側的方向偏壓,並將該連結針壓在該定位部。 For example, if the binding machine is applied for any of the items 5 to 8 of the patent scope, the conveying mechanism includes a returning unit, and when the connecting pin is cut by the cutting mechanism, the connecting pin is temporarily oriented toward the link. The direction in which the needle is transported is biased toward the rear side, and the connecting needle is pressed against the positioning portion. 如申請專利範圍第9項之裝訂機,其中該定位部係具有卡 止面,該卡止面係在該搬運機構將該非金屬針或連結針在該搬運方向之往後側的方向偏壓時,碰觸該非金屬針或連結針之朝向搬運方向之後側的緣部。 For example, the binding machine for patent application No. 9 wherein the positioning unit has a card The stop surface is the edge portion of the non-metallic needle or connecting pin that touches the rear side of the non-metallic needle or connecting pin when the conveying mechanism biases the non-metallic needle or connecting pin in the rearward direction of the carrying direction. . 如申請專利範圍第5項之裝訂機,其中該定位部係在該連結針之比在搬運方向的前端部更靠近搬運方向之後側的位置進行定位,且利用朝向該搬運方向之往前側的方向之連結針的推壓,進行連結針的定位。 For example, in the binding machine for which the scope of patent application is item 5, the positioning portion is positioned at a position closer to the rear side of the conveying direction than the front end portion of the connecting pin in the conveying direction, and the Press the connecting pin in the direction to position the connecting pin. 如申請專利範圍第11項之裝訂機,其中該定位部係碰觸設置於非金屬針或連結針的孔部之朝向該搬運方向之前側的緣部,進行定位。 For example, in the case of a binding machine for which the scope of patent application is item 11, the positioning portion is positioned against the edge portion of the hole portion of the non-metal needle or the connecting needle that faces the front side of the conveying direction. 如申請專利範圍第11項之裝訂機,其中該定位部係碰觸平坦的狀態之非金屬針的兩端部之朝向該搬運方向之前側的緣部,進行定位。 For example, the binding machine of the scope of application for patent No. 11, wherein the positioning portion is positioned to touch the edge portions of both ends of the non-metal needle in a flat state facing the front side in the conveying direction. 如申請專利範圍第11至13項中任一項之裝訂機,其中該搬運機構係包括推壓部,該推壓部係在藉該搬運機構進給該連結針時,將該連結針朝向連結針之搬運方向之前側偏壓,並將該連結針壓在該定位部。 For example, the binding machine of any one of claims 11 to 13 of the patent application scope, wherein the conveying mechanism includes a pressing portion, and the pressing portion faces the connecting needle when the connecting needle is fed by the conveying mechanism. The forward direction of the needle is biased, and the connecting needle is pressed against the positioning portion. 如申請專利範圍第14項之裝訂機,其中該定位部係具有卡止面,該卡止面係在該搬運機構將該非金屬針或連結針朝向該搬運方向之前側偏壓時,碰觸朝向該非金屬針或連結針之該搬運方向之前側的緣部。 For example, the binding machine of the scope of application for patent No. 14, wherein the positioning part has a locking surface, and the locking surface is in contact with the non-metallic needle or the connecting needle when it is biased toward the front side of the conveying direction by the conveying mechanism. An edge portion on the front side of the non-metallic needle or the connecting needle in the conveying direction.
TW106113422A 2016-04-22 2017-04-21 Stapler TW201806711A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016086606 2016-04-22
JP2016-086606 2016-04-22
JP2016086603 2016-04-22
JP2016-086603 2016-04-22
JP2017-075312 2017-04-05
JP2017-075313 2017-04-05
JP2017075313A JP6926607B2 (en) 2016-04-22 2017-04-05 Stapler
JP2017075312A JP6926606B2 (en) 2016-04-22 2017-04-05 Stapler

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201806711A true TW201806711A (en) 2018-03-01

Family

ID=62189839

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106113422A TW201806711A (en) 2016-04-22 2017-04-21 Stapler

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW201806711A (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI517945B (en) Stapler
KR101722796B1 (en) Stapler
TW201410405A (en) Fastening device
US9498873B2 (en) Stapler
TW201805124A (en) Stapler
TW201806787A (en) Stapler
TW201806710A (en) Stapler
TW201806711A (en) Stapler
JP6614011B2 (en) Stapler
TW201806709A (en) Stapler
JP6926607B2 (en) Stapler
JP6926606B2 (en) Stapler
WO2017183727A1 (en) Stapler
WO2017183730A1 (en) Stapler
JP5716579B2 (en) Stapler
JP5716580B2 (en) Stapler
JP5870747B2 (en) Stapler
JP5733058B2 (en) Stapler
JP5733059B2 (en) Stapler
JP5716578B2 (en) Stapler
JP5776380B2 (en) Stapler
JP5716581B2 (en) Stapler
JP5861286B2 (en) Stapler